0>>>>106-04-95 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन06-04-95 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban06-04-95 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x06-04-95 Om peace avyakt x
0> > 06-04-95 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban
2प्योरिटी की रूहानी पर्सनालिटी की स्मृति स्वरूप द्वारा मायाजीत बनोpurity kī|key rūhānī personality kī|key smr̥iti svarūp dvārā māyājīt banōpurity kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key rūhānī[adj.] personality kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key smr̥iti svarūp[x] dvārā māyājīt[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]purity (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) spiritual personality (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x through x become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
1Become the conquerors of Maya by being the embodiment of the awareness of the spiritual personality of purity.
3आज स्नेह के सागर बापदादा चारों ओर के सर्व स्नेही बच्चों को देख रहे आ हैं . āj snēh kē|K sāgar bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr kē|K sarv snēhī bachchō̃ kō dēkh rahē ā haĩ . āj snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sarv[adj.] snēhī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ānā[root] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . today love (of|K) ocean BapDada everywhere (of|K) all loving child to see[root] (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) come[root] be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
2Today, BapDada, the Ocean of Love, is seeing all His loving children everywhere.
4हर एक स्नेही बच्चों के मूरत में रूहानी पर्सनालिटी की झलक देख रहे हैं . har ēk snēhī bachchō̃ kē|K mūrat mē̃ rūhānī personality kī|key jhalak dēkh rahē haĩ . har ēk[x] snēhī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rūhānī[adj.] personality kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key jhalak[n.f.;sg.]|jhalaknā[root] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . each one loving child (of|K) image in spiritual personality (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (x|sparkle[root]) see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
3He is seeing the sparkle of the spiritual personality in the image of each loving child.
5बाहर के रूप में तो साधारण पर्सनालिटी वाले हैं लेकिन रूहानी पर्सनालिटी में सबसे नम्बरवन हैं . bāhar kē|K rūp mē̃ tō sādhāraṇ personality vālē haĩ lēkin rūhānī personality mē̃ sabsē number one haĩ . bāhar kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō sādhāraṇ[adj.] personality vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin rūhānī[adj.] personality mē̃[postp.] sabsē number one hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . outside (of|K) Rup in then ordinary personality those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] but spiritual personality in the most number one be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
4Externally, you are those who have an ordinary personality, but you are number one in the spiritual personality.
6दुनिया में अनेक प्रकार की पर्सनालिटीज गाई जाती हैं . duniyā mē̃ anēk prakār kī|key parsanāliṭīj gāī jātī haĩ . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] anēk[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key x gānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|gānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.passive] . world in many form (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x (sing[pres.pl.f.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|sing[pres.pl.f.12hon3.passive]) .
5All types of personalities are remembered in the world.
7शरीर की भी पर्सनालिटी , कोई विशेषता की भी पर्सनालिटी और कोई विशेष पोजीशन की भी पर्सनालिटी , लेकिन आप सबके चेहरे पर , चलन में कौन सी पर्सनालिटी है ? śharīr kī|key bhī personality , kōī viśhēṣhtā kī|key bhī personality aur kōī viśhēṣh position kī|key bhī personality , lēkin āp sabkē chēhrē par , chalan mē̃ kaun see|sī|C personality hai ? śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] personality , kōī[pn.;d.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] personality aur kōī[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] position kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] personality , lēkin āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] , chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C personality hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? body (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too personality , some speciality (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too personality someone else special position (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too personality , but you everyone's face (at|other) , behaviour in who (see|x) personality be[pres.sg.23] ?
6There are the personalities of the physical bodies, the personalities of particular specialities and personalities of a special position. 7However, what is the personality on the faces and in the activities of you children?
8प्योरिटी की पर्सनालिटी . purity kī|key personality . purity kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key personality . purity (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) personality .
8The personality of purity.
9प्योरिटी ही पर्सनालिटी है . purity hī personality hai . purity hī[p.] personality hōnā[pres.sg.23] . purity only personality be[pres.sg.23] .
9Purity is a personality.
10जितना जितना जो प्योर हैं उतनी उनकी पर्सनालिटी न सिर्फ दिखाई देती है लेकिन अनुभव होती है . jitnā jitnā jō pure haĩ utnī unkī personality na sirph dikhāī dētī hai lēkin anubhav hōtī hai . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] pure hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] vah[pn.pl.kī] personality na[neg] sirph[adj.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . the more the more that pure be[pres.pl.12hon3] x that[.kī] personality not only be visible but experience be[pres.sg.f.23] .
10The purer someone is, not only is that one's personality visible, but it is also experienced by others. 11Are all of you able to experience your spiritual personality?
11सभी अपने रूहानी पर्सनालिटी को अनुभव करते हो ? sabhī apnē rūhānī personality kō anubhav kartē hō ? sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūhānī[adj.] personality kō[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? all one’s own spiritual personality to experience do[pres.pl.m.2] ? 12आप जैसी पर्सनालिटी सतयुग से अब तक कोई की है ? āp jaisī personality satyug sē ab tak kōī kī hai ? āp[pn.pl.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] personality satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ab[adv.] tak kōī[pn.;d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? you like personality golden age from now until some do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
12Has there been any other personality similar to yours from the golden age until now? 13Does anyone have this personality?
13सारे कल्प में चक्कर लगाओ तो आप जैसी पर्सनालिटी है ? sārē kalp mē̃ chakkar lagāō tō āp jaisī personality hai ? sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō āp[pn.pl.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] personality hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? the whole cycle in cycle attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then you like personality be[pres.sg.23] ?
14Go around the whole cycle and see if there is any such personality. 15Yes or no?
14नहीं है ना ! nahī̃ hai nā ! nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! not be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
16There isn't, is there?
15तो आपको अपने रूहानी पर्सनालिटी का नशा है ! tō āpkō apnē rūhānī personality kā naśhā hai ! tō āp[pn.pl.kō] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūhānī[adj.] personality kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! then you[.kō] one’s own spiritual personality of intoxication be[pres.sg.23] !
17And you have the intoxication of your spiritual personality.
16अनादि काल में तो परमधाम में भी आप विशेष आत्माओं की पर्सनालिटी सबसे ऊंची है . anādi kāl mē̃ tō paramdhām mē̃ bhī āp viśhēṣh ātmāō̃ kī|key personality sabsē ūñchī hai . anādi kāl[x] mē̃[postp.] tō paramdhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key personality sabsē ūñch[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . eternally in then x in too you special soul (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) personality the most elevated be[pres.sg.23] .
18Eternally also, in Paramdham, the personality of you special souls is the most elevated.
17चाहे आत्मायें सब चमकती हुई ज्योति हैं लेकिन आप रूहानी पर्सनालिटी वाली आत्माओं की चमक अन्य सब आत्माओं से न्यारी और प्यारी है . chāhē ātmāyē̃ sab chamaktī huī jyōti haĩ lēkin āp rūhānī personality vālī ātmāō̃ kī|key chamak anya sab ātmāō̃ sē nyārī aur pyārī hai . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sab[adj.] chamaknā[pres-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] jyōti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] rūhānī[adj.] personality vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key chamaknā[root]|chamak[n.f.;sg.] anya[adj.] sab[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) soul all x[pres-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] light be[pres.pl.12hon3] but you spiritual personality those who soul (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (x[root]|sparkle) other all soul from unique and loving be[pres.sg.23] .
19Even though all souls are sparkling lights, the sparkle of you souls who have a spiritual personality is lovely and unique compared to that of others. 20Bring the personality of your eternal form into your awareness. 21Has it come into your awareness?
18अपने अनादि काल की पर्सनालिटी को स्मृति में लाओ . apnē anādi kāl kī|key personality kō smr̥iti mē̃ lāō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anādi kāl[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key personality kō[postp.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one’s own eternally (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) personality to awareness in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
22Can you see it? 23You are visible with BapDada in your spiritual personality.
19आई स्मृति में ? āī|eye|I smr̥iti mē̃ ? ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ? (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) awareness in ?
24Do you see yourself?
20देख रहे हो ? dēkh rahē hō ? dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ? see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ?
25Are you seeing yourself?
21बापदादा के साथ साथ कैसे रूहानी पर्सनालिटी में दिखाई दे रहे हैं . bāpdādā kē sāth sāth kaisē rūhānī personality mē̃ dikhāī dē rahē haĩ . bāpdādā kē sāth[x] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūhānī[adj.] personality mē̃[postp.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada with with how spiritual personality in be visible .
26Go into your eternal form; in how much time are you able to do this? 27How long would it take you to go there?
22अपने आपको देख सकते हो ? apnē āpkō dēkh saktē hō ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? one’s own you[.kō] see[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
28Less than one second!
23तो चले जाओ अनादि काल में . tō chalē jāō anādi kāl mē̃ . tō chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.passive] anādi kāl[x] mē̃[postp.] . then (continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+jānā]|continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.passive]) eternally in .
29Or, do you want one day or one hour?
24कितने टाइम में जा सकते हो ? kitnē time mē̃ jā saktē hō ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] time mē̃[postp.] jānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? so time in go[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
30In less than one second, you can reach wherever you want.
25जाने में कितना टाइम लगेगा ? jānē mē̃ kitnā time lagēgā ? jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? (know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) in so time x[fut.m.sg.23] ?
31So, have you seen the personality of your eternal form?
26सेकण्ड से कम ना ! second sē kam|cum nā ! second sē[postp.] kam[adj.]|cum nā ! second from (less|x) ∅ !
32Have you seen it?
27कि एक दिन , एक घण्टा चाहिये ? ki ēk din , ēk ghaṇṭā chāhiyē ? ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ēk[adj.] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] chāhiē ? that one day , one hour should ? 28सेकण्ड से भी कम जहाँ चाहो वहाँ पहुँच सकते हो . second sē bhī kam|cum jahā̃ chāhō vahā̃ pahũch saktē hō . second sē[postp.] bhī[p.] kam[adj.]|cum jahā̃ chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vahā̃ pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . second from too (less|x) where there x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] there reach[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
33Have those sitting at the back seen it or have only those at the front seen it? 34Have those at the back seen it? 35You are raising your hands.
29तो अनादि काल की अपनी पर्सनालिटी देख ली ? tō anādi kāl kī|key apnī personality dēkh lī ? tō anādi kāl[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] personality dēkhnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] ? then eternally (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) one’s own personality see[past-part.f..root+lēnā] ?
36Have the Pandavs seen it? 37Have the double foreigners seen it?
30अभी अनादि काल से आदि काल में आ जाओ . abhī anādi kāl sē ādi kāl mē̃ ā jāō . ab[adv.hī] anādi kāl[x] sē[postp.] ādi kāl[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . now eternally from beginning in come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
38Very good. 39Now, from the eternal form, come into your original form.
31आ गये या अभी चल रहे हो ? ā gayē yā abhī chal rahē hō ? ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] yā ab[adv.hī] chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ? come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] or now continue[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ?
40Have you come into this form?
32पहुँच गये ? pahũch gayē ? pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ? reach[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ?
41Or, are you still doing this?
33तो अनादि काल से आदि काल में अपनी रूहानी पर्सनालिटी देखो-कितनी श्रेष्ठ पर्सनालिटी है ! tō anādi kāl sē ādi kāl mē̃ apnī rūhānī personality dēkhō-kitanī śhrēṣhṭh personality hai ! tō anādi kāl[x] sē[postp.] ādi kāl[x] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] rūhānī[adj.] personality x śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] personality hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! then eternally from beginning in one’s own spiritual personality x elevated personality be[pres.sg.23] !
42You have reached this form. 43Have the Shaktis reached this form? 44So, from the eternal form to the original form, look at your spiritual personality.
34तन की भी तो मन की भी तो धन की भी और सम्बन्ध की भी . tan kī|key bhī tō man kī|key bhī tō dhan kī|key bhī aur sambandh kī|key bhī . tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] tō man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] tō dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] aur sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] . body (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too then mind (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too then wealth (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too and relationship (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too .
45How elevated your personality is! 46Of the body, of the mind, of wealth and of relationships.
35सब प्रकार की पर्सनालिटी कितनी श्रेष्ठ है ! sab prakār kī|key personality kitnī śhrēṣhṭh hai ! sab[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key personality kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! all form (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) personality so elevated be[pres.sg.23] !
47All types of personalities are so elevated.
36तो आदि काल की पर्सनालिटी देख रहे हो ? tō ādi kāl kī|key personality dēkh rahē hō ? tō ādi kāl[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key personality dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ? then beginning (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) personality see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ?
48You are looking at your original personality now.
37कितने सुन्दर लगते हो , कितने सजे हुए हो , कितने सुख , शान्ति , प्रेम , आनन्द स्वरूप हो तो आदि काल में भी अपनी पर्सनालिटी को देखो . kitnē sundar lagtē hō , kitnē sajē huē hō , kitnē sukh , śhānti , prēm , ānand svarūp hō tō ādi kāl mē̃ bhī apnī personality kō dēkhō . kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sundar[adj.] lagnā[pres.pl.m.2] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sajnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , śhānti , prēm[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ānand[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō ādi kāl[x] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] personality kō[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . so x x[pres.pl.m.2] , so (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , so happiness , peace , love , bliss form (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then beginning in too one’s own personality to see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
49You appear so beautiful. 50You are decorated so well and you are the embodiment of happiness, peace, love and bliss. 51Look at your personality of the beginning. 52Have you seen it?
38स्पष्ट दिखाई देती है वा 5 हजार वर्ष हो गये तो थोड़ा स्पष्ट नहीं है ? spaṣhṭ dikhāī dētī hai vā 5 hajār varṣh hō gayē tō thōṛā spaṣhṭ nahī̃ hai ? spaṣhṭ[adj.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] vā 5 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? clearly be visible or 5 1000 year be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then short clearly not be[pres.sg.23] ?
53Can you see it clearly or is it that it is now 5,000 years ago and so you are not able to see it clearly? 54Is it clear?
39सभी को स्पष्ट है ? sabhī kō spaṣhṭ hai ? sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? all to clearly be[pres.sg.23] ?
55It is clear to all of you.
40होशियार हो सभी . hōśhiyār hō sabhī . hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] sab[adv.hī] . clever (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) all .
56You are all clever.
41तो आदि काल भी अपना देख लिया . tō ādi kāl bhī apnā dēkh liyā . tō ādi kāl[x] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . then beginning too (one’s own|adopt[root]) see[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .
57So you have seen your beginning also.
42अभी आओ मध्य काल में तो मध्य काल में भी आपकी पर्सनालिटी क्या रही ? abhī āō madhya kāl mē̃ tō madhya kāl mē̃ bhī āpkī personality kyā rahī ? ab[adv.hī] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] madhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kal mē̃[postp.] tō madhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kal mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kī] personality kyā rahnā[past-part.f.] ? now come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] middle x in then middle x in too you[.kī] personality what remain[past-part.f.] ?
58Now come into the middle period, and what is your personality in the middle period?
43आपके जड़ चित्र कितने विधिपूर्वक पूजे और गाये जाते हैं . āpkē jaṛ chitra kitnē vidhipūrvak pūjē aur gāyē jātē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.kē] jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vidhipūrvak pūjnā[opt.sg.23]|pūjnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|pūjā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] aur gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive] . you[.kē] (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) picture so with discipline (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|worship) and (sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) .
59Your nonliving images are worshipped and remembered so accurately.
44चाहे कितने भी धर्मात्मा , महात्मा , नेतायें पर्सनालिटी वाले गाये जाते हैं लेकिन आपके जड़ चित्रों की पर्सनालिटी के आगे उनकी पर्सनालिटी कुछ भी नहीं है . chāhē kitnē bhī dharmātmā , mahātmā , nētāyē̃ personality vālē gāyē jātē haĩ lēkin āpkē jaṛ chitrō̃ kī|key personality kē āgē unkī personality kuchh bhī nahī̃ hai . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] dharm-ātmā[adj.] , mahātmā[n.f.;sg.] , nētā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] personality vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kē] jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key personality kē āgē[x] vah[pn.pl.kī] personality kuchh bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) so too x , great soul , founder personality those who (sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) but you[.kē] (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) picture (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) personality in front of that[.kī] personality anything not be[pres.sg.23] .
60No matter how many religious souls, great souls or great leaders with such a personality are remembered, compared to the personality of your nonliving images, their personality is nothing.
45जैसे आप सबकी पूजा होती है वैसे कोई महात्मा या नेता की , धर्म आत्मा की विधिपूर्वक पूजा होती है ? jaisē āp sabkī pūjā hōtī hai vaisē kōī mahātmā yā nētā kī|key , dharm ātmā kī|key vidhipūrvak pūjā hōtī hai ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] mahātmā[n.f.;sg.] yā nētā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key , dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key vidhipūrvak pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? like you everyone's (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres.sg.f.23] x some great soul or founder (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) , religion soul (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) with discipline (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres.sg.f.23] ?
61Justas you are worshipped so accurately, is any religious soul or any great soul worshipped as accurately in the someway?
46कभी देखी है ? kabhī dēkhī hai ? kabhī[adv.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? ever see[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
62Have you seen it?
47आपके जड़ चित्रों जैसे श्रृंगार किसका होता है ? āpkē jaṛ chitrō̃ jaisē śhrr̥iṅgār kiskā hōtā hai ? āp[pn.pl.kē] jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? you[.kē] (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) picture like (decorate[root]|decoration) who[.kā] be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
63Is anyone else decorated in the same way as your nonliving images?
48तो मध्य काल में भी आप आत्माओं के प्योरिटी की पर्सनालिटी की विशेषता कितनी श्रेष्ठ है ! tō madhya kāl mē̃ bhī āp ātmāō̃ kē|K purity kī|key personality kī|key viśhēṣhtā kitnī śhrēṣhṭh hai ! tō madhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kal mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K purity kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key personality kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! then middle x in too you soul (of|K) purity (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) personality (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) speciality so elevated be[pres.sg.23] !
64So, even in the middle period, the speciality of the personality of purity of you souls is so elevated. 65Have you seen your image?
49अपना चित्र देखा ? apnā chitra dēkhā ? apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? (one’s own|adopt[root]) picture see[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
66Are you worshipped or not?
50आपकी पूजा होती है कि नहीं ? āpkī pūjā hōtī hai ki nahī̃ ? āp[pn.pl.kī] pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] nahī̃[neg] ? you[.kī] (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres.sg.f.23] that not ?
67Or, are just the seniors worshipped and you are not?
51सिर्फ बड़े बड़ों की होती है , हमारी नहीं ! sirph baṛē baṛō̃ kī|key hōtī hai , hamārī nahī̃ ! sirph[adj.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , ham[pn.pl.kī] nahī̃[neg] ! only very very (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) be[pres.sg.f.23] , we[.kī] not !
68Are there temples to the double foreigners? 69Are there your images in them?
52डबल विदेशियों के मन्दिर हैं ? double vidēśhiyō̃ kē|K mandir haĩ ? double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mandir[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? double foreigner (of|K) temple be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
70Have the double foreigners seen them?
53देखा है , उसमें आपका चित्र है ? dēkhā hai , usmē̃ āpkā chitra hai ? dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] āp[pn.pl.kā] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that[.mē̃] you[.kā] picture be[pres.sg.23] ?
71You are in them, are you not?
54कि सुना है तो कहते हो कि हाँ होंगे ! ki sunā hai tō kahtē hō ki hā̃ hōṅgē ! ki[conj.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] hā̃ hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! that listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then say[pres.pl.m.2] that yes be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! 55स्मृति में है ? smr̥iti mē̃ hai ? smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? awareness in be[pres.sg.23] ?
72Or, are you just saying that you must be in there because you have heard this?
56तो मध्य काल भी आपका अति श्रेष्ठ है और अब लास्ट जन्म में जो मरजीवा ब्राह्मण जन्म है उसकी पर्सनालिटी देखो कितनी बड़ी है ! tō madhya kāl bhī āpkā ati śhrēṣhṭh hai aur ab last janm mē̃ jō marjīvā brāhmaṇ janm hai uskī personality dēkhō kitnī baṛī hai ! tō madhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kal bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kā] ati śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur ab[adv.] last janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] marjīvā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kī] personality dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! then middle x too you[.kā] x elevated be[pres.sg.23] and now last (life|be born[root]) in that dying alive Brahmin (life|be born[root]) be[pres.sg.23] that[.kī] personality see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so very be[pres.sg.23] !
73Do you have these memories? 74So your middle period is also extremely elevated, and now, in your last birth, which is the Brahmin birth in which you have died alive, look how great your personality is!
57गायन कितना है-कोई भी श्रेष्ठ कार्य अब तक भी आपके नामधारी ब्राह्मण ही करते हैं . gāyan kitnā hai-kōī bhī śhrēṣhṭh kārya ab tak bhī āpkē nāmdhārī brāhmaṇ hī kartē haĩ . gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x bhī[p.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.] tak bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] nāmdhārī[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x so x too elevated task now until too you[.kē] x Brahmin only do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
75You are praised so much. 76Even today, it is only brahmins in name only who carry out any elevated task.
58चाहे ब्राह्मण अभी ब्राह्मण रहे नहीं हैं लेकिन नाम के तो ब्राह्मण है ना ! chāhē brāhmaṇ abhī brāhmaṇ rahē nahī̃ haĩ lēkin nām kē|K tō brāhmaṇ hai nā ! chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Brahmin now Brahmin (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] but name (of|K) then Brahmin be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ! 59आपके नाम से आपकी पर्सनालिटी के कारण वो भी श्रेष्ठ गाये जाते हैं . āpkē nām sē āpkī personality kē|K kāraṇ vō bhī śhrēṣhṭh gāyē jātē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.kē] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kī] personality kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive] . you[.kē] name from you[.kī] personality (of|K) because that too elevated (sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) .
77Even though the brahmins of today are no longer brahmins (in activity), they are brahmins by name, it is because of your name and your personality that they are praised as being elevated even today.
60तो ब्राह्मण जन्म की पर्सनालिटी कितनी श्रेष्ठ है ! tō brāhmaṇ janm kī|key personality kitnī śhrēṣhṭh hai ! tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key personality kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! then Brahmin (life|be born[root]) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) personality so elevated be[pres.sg.23] !
78So the personality of Brahmin life is so elevated!
61आदि काल , अनादि काल , मध्य काल और अब अन्त काल-सारे कल्प में आपकी पर्सनालिटी सदा ही महान रही है . ādi kāl , anādi kāl , madhya kāl aur ab ant kāl-sārē kalp mē̃ āpkī personality sadā hī mahān rahī hai . ādi kāl[x] , anādi kāl[x] , madhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kal aur ab[adv.] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] x kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kī] personality sadā hī[p.] mahān, mahā[adj.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . beginning , eternally , middle x and now end x cycle in you[.kī] personality constantly only great remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
79Eternally, at the beginning, in the middle period and also at the end, your personality throughout the kalpa has always been great.
62लौकिक पर्सनालिटी वालों का अगर नाम भी आता है तो कोई विशेष बुक में उन्हों का नाम आता है-फलाने फलाने हैं . laukik personality vālō̃ kā agar nām bhī ātā hai tō kōī viśhēṣh book mē̃ unhō̃ kā nām ātā hai-phalānē phalānē haĩ . laukik[adj.] personality vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] agar nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] tō kōī[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] book mē̃[postp.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x phalānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . worldly personality those who of if name too come[pres.sg.m.23] then some special x in that of name come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
80If the name of anyone with a lokik personality is mentioned, it would be mentioned in books; it would be mentioned in a special book soandso.
63लेकिन आपका नाम किसमें आता है ? lēkin āpkā nām kismē̃ ātā hai ? lēkin āp[pn.pl.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.sg.mē̃] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? but you[.kā] name who[.mē̃] come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
81(Who's Who.) 82But what is your name mentioned in?
64साधारण बुक में नहीं आता है , शास्त्र में आता है . sādhāraṇ book mē̃ nahī̃ ātā hai , śhāstra mē̃ ātā hai . sādhāraṇ[adj.] book mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , śhāstra[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . ordinary x in not come[pres.sg.m.23] , scripture in come[pres.sg.m.23] .
83It is not mentioned in any ordinary book, it is mentioned in the scriptures.
65जो भी आदि काल से शास्त्रबने उसमें किसके चरित्र हैं ? jō bhī ādi kāl sē śāstrabanē usmē̃ kiskē charitra haĩ ? jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ādi kāl[x] sē[postp.] x vah[pn.sg.mē̃] kaun[pn.sg.kē] charitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? that too beginning from x that[.mē̃] who[.kē] character be[pres.pl.12hon3] ? 66किसका गायन है ? kiskā gāyan hai ? kaun[pn.sg.kā] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? who[.kā] x be[pres.sg.23] ?
84Whose activities, praise and stories are therein the scriptures that have been created from the beginning?
67किसकी कहानियाँ हैं ? kiskī kahāniyā̃ haĩ ? kaun[pn.sg.kī] kahānī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? who[.kī] x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ? 68तो लौकिक पर्सनालिटी वालों का गायन विशेष बुक में होता है और आपका गायन शास्त्र में होता है और शास्त्रको कितना रिगार्ड देते हैं . tō laukik personality vālō̃ kā gāyan viśhēṣh book mē̃ hōtā hai aur āpkā gāyan śhāstra mē̃ hōtā hai aur śāstrakō kitnā regard dētē haĩ . tō laukik[adj.] personality vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] book mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur āp[pn.pl.kā] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhāstra[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur x kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] regard dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then worldly personality those who of x special x in be[pres.sg.m.23] and you[.kā] x scripture in be[pres.sg.m.23] and x so regard give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
85The names of those with a lokik personality are mentioned in the special books, and you are praised in the scriptures, and people give so much regard to the scriptures. 86They look after the scriptures very accurately.
69बड़े विधिपूर्वक शास्त्रको सम्भालते हैं , उसको भी बड़े पूज्य के रूप में देखते हैं . baṛē vidhipūrvak śāstrakō sambhāltē haĩ , uskō bhī baṛē pūjya kē|K rūp mē̃ dēkhtē haĩ . baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vidhipūrvak x sambhālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pūjya[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . very with discipline x be careful[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that[.kō] too very worthy of worship (of|K) Rup in see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
87They see them as something very worshipworthy. 88Those who are true bhagats keep the scriptures according to the system and also read them.
70जो सच्चे भक्त हैं वो शास्त्रको विधिपूर्वक रखते भी हैं और पढ़ते भी हैं . jō sachchē bhakta haĩ vō śāstrakō vidhipūrvak rakhtē bhī haĩ aur paṛhtē bhī haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] x vidhipūrvak rakhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur paṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . that true devotee be[pres.pl.12hon3] that x with discipline keep[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] and study[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 71ऐसे रिवाजी किताबों के माफिक नहीं रखते . aisē rivājī kitābō̃ kē|K māphik nahī̃ rakhtē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rivājī[adj.] kitāb[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K muāphik nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . such x book (of|K) x not keep[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
89They do not keep the scriptures like ordinary books. 90Therefore, keep the personality of your purity in your awareness in an emerged form.
72तो अपनी पवित्रता की पर्सनालिटी को सदा ही इमर्ज रूप में स्मृति में रखो . tō apnī pavitratā kī|key personality kō sadā hī emerge rūp mē̃ smr̥iti mē̃ rakhō . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key personality kō[postp.] sadā hī[p.] emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then one’s own purity (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) personality to constantly only emerge Rup in awareness in keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
91Do not keep it in a merged form and think: if anyone is this, it is us. 92Let the awareness be in an emerged form.
73जानते हैं … या हैं तो हम ही … ऐसे मर्ज नहीं . jāntē haĩ … yā haĩ tō ham hī … aisē merge nahī̃ . jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] … yā hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō ham[pn.pl.] hī[p.] … aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] merge nahī̃[neg] . know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] … or be[pres.pl.12hon3] then we only … such merge not . 74स्मृति स्वरूप में रखो . smr̥iti svarūp mē̃ rakhō . smr̥iti svarūp[x] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x in keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
93Those who have this awareness in their intellect in an emerged way have it as the basis of power.
75जिसके बुद्धि में ये इमर्ज रूप में स्मृति रहती है तो स्मृति ही समर्थीका आधार है . jiskē buddhi mē̃ yē emerge rūp mē̃ smr̥iti rahtī hai tō smr̥iti hī samarthīkā ādhār hai . jō[pn.sg.kē] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.pl.d.] emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] x ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that[.kē] intellect in this emerge Rup in awareness remain[pres.sg.f.23] then awareness only x basis be[pres.sg.23] .
94Can Maya come where there is power? 95It is impossible for Maya to come to a powerful soul.
76और जहाँसमर्थी है वहाँ माया आ सकती है ? aur jahā̃samarthī hai vahā̃ māyā ā saktī hai ? aur x hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ māyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] ? and x be[pres.sg.23] there Maya come[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] ?
96There is no need to labour. 97It is Maya's duty to come.
77समर्थ आत्मा के पास माया का आना असम्भव है . samarth ātmā kē pās māyā kā ānā asambhav hai . samarth[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kē pās[x] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] asambhav[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . powerful soul to Maya of (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) impossible be[pres.sg.23] .
98However, according to the time, it is not your duty to chase her away.
78मेहनत करने की आवश्यकता ही नहीं है . mēhnat karnē kī|key āvaśhyaktā hī nahī̃ hai . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . effort do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) need only not be[pres.sg.23] .
99It should not be that Maya comes and you chase her away.
79माया का काम है आना लेकिन आपका काम अभी समय प्रमाण भगाना नहीं है . māyā kā kām hai ānā lēkin āpkā kām abhī samay pramāṇ bhagānā nahī̃ hai . māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ bhagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Maya of (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) but you[.kā] (lust|task) now time (under) chase away[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] . 80माया आई और भगाया . māyā āī|eye|I aur bhagāyā . māyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I aur bhagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . Maya (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) and chase away[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
100Your duty is to constantly be the conquerors of Maya. 101Are you the conquerors of Maya or those who chase Maya away again and again?
81नहीं , आपका काम है सदा मायाजीत रहना . nahī̃ , āpkā kām hai sadā māyājīt rahnā . nahī̃[neg] , āp[pn.pl.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sadā māyājīt[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . not , you[.kā] (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] constantly x remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
102Those who are the conquerors of Maya do not have to chase her away.
82तो मायाजीत हो वा माया को बार बार भगाने वाले हो ? tō māyājīt hō vā māyā kō bār bār bhagānē vālē hō ? tō māyājīt[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vā māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bār[n.f.;sg.] bār[n.f.;sg.] bhagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or Maya to time time chase away[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
103Are you such conquerors of Maya? 104Are the mothers like this? 105Are the Shaktis like this?
83अभी भगाना पड़ता है , थोड़ा थोड़ा वो दर्शन देने के लिये आ जाती है ! abhī bhagānā paṛtā hai , thōṛā thōṛā vō darśhan dēnē kē|K liyē ā jātī hai ! ab[adv.hī] bhagānā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vah[pn.;d.] darśhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ! now chase away[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] , short short that vision give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] !
106Are you like this? 107Or, do you still have to chase her away when she comes to grant you a vision every now and then?
84नहीं ना ! nahī̃ nā ! nahī̃[neg] nā ! not ∅ !
108It is not like this, is it?
85डबल फारेनर्स ने माया को सदा के लिए भगा दिया ? double foreigners nē māyā kō sadā kē liē bhagā diyā ? double foreigner nē[postp.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sadā kē liē[x] bhagānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] ? double foreigner ∅ Maya to constantly for chase away[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] ?
109Have the double foreigners chased Maya away for all time?
86या भगाते ही रहते हैं ? yā bhagātē hī rahtē haĩ ? yā bhagānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? or chase away[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
110Or, do you still continue to chase her away?
87क्या हाल है ? kyā hall|hāl hai ? kyā hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? what (hall|x) be[pres.sg.23] ?
111What is it?
88माया सदा के लिए भाग गई ? māyā sadā kē liē bhāg gaī ? māyā[n.f.;sg.] sadā kē liē[x] bhāgnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] ? Maya constantly for run[past-part.f..root+jānā] ?
112Has Maya gone away for all time?
89अभी नहीं आयेगी ना ? abhī nahī̃ āyēgī nā ? ab[adv.hī] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] nā ? now not come[fut.f.sg.23] ∅ ?
113She will not come now, will she?
90कि थोड़ा थोड़ा आये , कोई हर्जा नहीं ? ki thōṛā thōṛā āyē , kōī harjā nahī̃ ? ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ? that short short (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) , some x not ?
114Or, does it not matter if she comes a little?
91फिर भी आधा कल्प की दोस्ती है , फ्रेंड है ना ! phir bhī ādhā kalp kī|key dōstī hai , phrēṇḍ hai nā ! phir bhī[x] ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key dōstī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , x hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! nevertheless half cycle (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x be[pres.sg.23] , x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
115After all, you have had her friendship for half a kalpa; she is your friend.
92उसको ऐसे ही छोड़ देंगे , आवे ही नहीं ! uskō aisē hī chhōṛ dēgē , āvē hī nahī̃ ! vah[pn.sg.kō] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] chhōṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] , ānā[opt.sg.23] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] ! that[.kō] such only renounce[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] , come[opt.sg.23] only not !
116Will you leave her alone just like that, so that she does not come again?
93सुनाया ना कि समय समाप्त होने के पहले बहुत काल का मायाजीत बनने का अभ्यास चाहिये . sunāyā nā ki samay samāpt hōnē kē|K pahlē bahut kāl kā māyājīt bannē kā abhyās chāhiyē . sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bahut kal kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] māyājīt[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē . speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ that time finished be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) (x|firstly) very x of x become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of practice should .
117You were told earlier that before the end of time, you need the practice of being a conqueror of Maya over a long period of time.
94अन्त में नहीं हो सकेगा . ant mē̃ nahī̃ hō sakēgā . ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+saknā] . end in not be[fut.m.sg.23.root+saknā] .
118This will not be possible at the end.
95अगर अन्त में मायाजीत बनने का पुरूषार्थ भी करेंगे तो क्या हाल होगा ? agar ant mē̃ māyājīt bannē kā purūṣhārth bhī karē̃gē tō kyā hall|hāl hōgā ? agar ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] māyājīt[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth bhī[p.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō kyā hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? if end in x become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of effort too do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then what (hall|x) be[fut.m.sg.23] ?
119If you make the effort to become a conqueror of Maya at the end, what would happen then?
96बापदादा तोते की कहानी सुनाते हैं ना कि तोते को कहा नलके पर नहीं बैठना , पर नलके पर बैठकर ही बोल रहा था . bāpdādā tōtē kī|key kahānī sunātē haĩ nā ki tōtē kō kahā nalkē par nahī̃ baiṭhnā , par nalkē par baiṭhkar hī bōl rahā thā . bāpdādā tōtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key kahānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā ki[conj.] tōtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nalkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] baiṭhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , par[postp.]|par[adj.] nalkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[abs.] hī[p.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[past-perf.m.sg.] . BapDada x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ that x to say[past-part.m.sg.d.] x (at|other) not sit[inf.m.sg.d.] , (at|other) x (at|other) sit[abs.] only (speak[root]|x) remain[past-perf.m.sg.] .
120BapDada often relates the story of the parrot: The parrot was told not to sit on the tap, and so he repeated the same thing whilst sitting on the tap.
97ऐसे ही अन्त काल में अगर बहुत काल का अभ्यास नहीं होगा तो मन में सोचते रहेंगे कि मैं आत्मा हूँ , मैं आत्मा हूँ , लेकिन माया का प्रभाव भी होता रहेगा , और कोशिश भी करेंगे मैं आत्मा हूँ , मैं आत्मा हूँ लेकिन होगा ही नहीं . aisē hī ant kāl mē̃ agar bahut kāl kā abhyās nahī̃ hōgā tō man mē̃ sōchtē rahē̃gē ki maĩ ātmā hū̃ , maĩ ātmā hū̃ , lēkin māyā kā prabhāv bhī hōtā rahēgā , aur kōśhiśh bhī karē̃gē maĩ ātmā hū̃ , maĩ ātmā hū̃ lēkin hōgā hī nahī̃ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] kal mē̃[postp.] agar bahut kal kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sōchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ki[conj.] maĩ ātmā hū̃[x] , maĩ ātmā hū̃[x] , lēkin māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , aur kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] maĩ ātmā hū̃[x] , maĩ ātmā hū̃[x] lēkin hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . such only end x in if very x of practice not be[fut.m.sg.23] then mind in think[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] that I am a soul , I am a soul , but Maya of x too be[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , and try too do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] I am a soul , I am a soul but be[fut.m.sg.23] only not .
121In the same way, if, at the end, you have not had the practice over a long period of time, you would keep on thinking in your mind, "No, really, I am a soul, I am a soul". 122However, there will also be the influence of Maya. 123Even when you try to stabilise yourself in the stage of a soul, it will not be possible.
98इसीलिये क्या करना है ? isīliyē kyā karnā hai ? isliē kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? therefore what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
124So what do you have to do?
99अभी से मायाजीत बनने का अभ्यास करो . abhī sē māyājīt bannē kā abhyās karō . ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] māyājīt[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now from x become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of practice do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
125Practise being a conqueror of Maya from now.
100और उसका सहज साधन है अपने रूहानी पर्सनालिटी को स्मृति स्वरूप में रखो . aur uskā sahaj sādhan hai apnē rūhānī personality kō smr̥iti svarūp mē̃ rakhō . aur vah[pn.sg.kā] sahaj[adj.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūhānī[adj.] personality kō[postp.] smr̥iti svarūp[x] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and that[.kā] easy facilities be[pres.sg.23] one’s own spiritual personality to x in keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
126And the easy method for this is to keep your spiritual personality in your awareness.
101पर्सनालिटी वाले की निशानी क्या होती है ? personality vālē kī|key niśhānī kyā hōtī hai ? personality vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? personality those who (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) sign what be[pres.sg.f.23] ?
127What is the sign of those with such a personality?
102जो ऊंची पर्सनालिटी वाले होते हैं उसकी कहाँ भी , किसी में भी आंख नहीं जायेगी . jō ūñchī personality vālē hōtē haĩ uskī kahā̃ bhī , kisī mē̃ bhī āṅkh nahī̃ jāyēgī . jō[pn.;d.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ī;f.] personality vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kī] kahā̃ bhī[p.] , kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] āṅkh[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[fut.f.sg.23] . that elevated personality those who be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kī] where too , (some|anything) in too eye not go[fut.f.sg.23] .
128The vision of those who have an elevated personality will never be drawn towards anything or anyone.
103ये ऐसा है , ये ऐसा है , ये ऐसा करता , ये ऐसे करती , मैं क्यों नहीं करूँ , मैं क्यों नहीं कर सकती हूँ / कर सकता हूँ … दूसरे के प्राप्ति में आंख नहीं जायेगी . yē aisā hai , yē aisā hai , yē aisā kartā , yē aisē kartī , maĩ kyō̃ nahī̃ karū̃ , maĩ kyō̃ nahī̃ kar saktī hū̃ / kar saktā hū̃ … dūsrē kē|K prāpti mē̃ āṅkh nahī̃ jāyēgī . yah[pn.pl.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.pl.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres-part.f.] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.1] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.f.1.root+saknā] / karnā[pres.sg.m.1.root+saknā] … dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prāpti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] āṅkh[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[fut.f.sg.23] . this such be[pres.sg.23] , this such be[pres.sg.23] , this such do[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , this such do[pres-part.f.] , I why not do[opt.sg.1] , I why not do[pres.sg.f.1.root+saknā] / do[pres.sg.m.1.root+saknā] … other (of|K) attainment in eye not go[fut.f.sg.23] .
129Their vision will not be drawn towards others by thinking, "This one is like this, this one is like that, this one is doing this, this one is doing that, why should I not do this? 130Why can I not do this?"
104क्यों ? kyō̃ ? kyō̃ ? why ?
131Why?
105रूहानी पर्सनालिटी वाला सर्व प्राप्तियों से सम्पन्न है . rūhānī personality vālā sarv prāptiyō̃ sē sampann hai . rūhānī[adj.] personality vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sampann[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . spiritual personality those who all attainment from full be[pres.sg.23] .
132Those who have a spiritual personality are complete with all attainments.
106स्वभाव में भी सम्पन्न , संस्कार में भी सम्पन्न और सम्बन्ध सम्पर्क में भी सम्पन्न , भरपूर . svabhāv mē̃ bhī sampann , saṅskār mē̃ bhī sampann aur sambandh samparka mē̃ bhī sampann , bharpūr . svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sampann[adj.] , saṅskār[x] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sampann[adj.] aur sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sampann[adj.] , bharpūr[adj.] . nature in too full , sanskar in too full and relationship x in too full , full .
133They are complete in their nature, they are complete in their sanskars and complete in their relationships and connections; they are overflowing.
107वो कभी अपने प्राप्तियों के भण्डार में कोई अप्राप्ति अनुभव ही नहीं करेगा . vō kabhī apnē prāptiyō̃ kē|K bhaṇḍār mē̃ kōī aprāpti anubhav hī nahī̃ karēgā . vah[pn.;d.] kabhī[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhanḍārā[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] aprāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] . that ever one’s own attainment (of|K) treasure store in some lack of attainment experience only not do[fut.m.sg.23] .
134They will never experience a lack of anything in the treasure store of their attainments.
108क्यों ? kyō̃ ? kyō̃ ? why ?
135Why?
109रूहानी पर्सनालिटी के कारण वो सदा ही मन से भरपूर होने के कारण सन्तुष्ट रहता है . rūhānī personality kē|K kāraṇ vō sadā hī man sē bharpūr hōnē kē|K kāraṇ santuṣhṭ rahtā hai . rūhānī[adj.] personality kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.;d.] sadā hī[p.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bharpūr[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . spiritual personality (of|K) because that constantly only mind from full be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because content remain[pres.sg.m.23] .
136Because of having a spiritual personality and because of constantly being overflowing, they remain content.
110आंख दूसरे की प्राप्ति में तब जाती है जब अपने में अप्राप्ति अनुभव करते हो . āṅkh dūsrē kī|key prāpti mē̃ tab jātī hai jab apnē mē̃ aprāpti anubhav kartē hō . āṅkh[n.f.;sg.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key prāpti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] tab jānā[pres.sg.f.23] jab apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] aprāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . eye other (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) attainment in for only then go[pres.sg.f.23] when one’s own in lack of attainment experience do[pres.pl.m.2] .
137The vision is drawn towards the attainment of others when you lack something in your own self. 138So, do you lack anything?
111तो कोई अप्राप्ति है क्या ? tō kōī aprāpti hai kyā ? tō kōī[pn.;d.] aprāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā ? then some lack of attainment be[pres.sg.23] what ?
139Are you lacking anything? 140What songs do you sing?
112गीत क्या गाते हो-अप्राप्त नहीं कोई वस्तु ब्राह्मणों केखज़ाने में . gīt kyā gātē hō-aprāpta nahī̃ kōī vastu brāhmaṇō̃ kēkhazānē mē̃ . gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā gānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x nahī̃[neg] kōī[pn.;d.] vastu[n.f.;sg.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] x mē̃[postp.] . x what sing[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x not some thing Brahmin x in .
141Nothing is lacking in whose treasures? 142In the treasurestore of Brahmins. 143You sing this song, do you not?
113ये गीत मुख से नहीं , मन से गाते हो ना ? yē gīt mukh sē nahī̃ , man sē gātē hō nā ? yah[pn.pl.d.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] gānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ? this x mouth from not , mind from sing[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ ? 114जो गाते हैं वो हाथ उठाओ . jō gātē haĩ vō hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .
144Do them others sing this song, not through your lips, but in your mind?
115अच्छा , डबल विदेशी भी गीत गाते हो ? achchhā , double vidēśhī bhī gīt gātē hō ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres.pl.m.2] ? achcha , double foreigner too x sing[pres.pl.m.2] ?
145Achcha, all those sitting on chairs, do you sing this song?
116अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha !
146Achcha.
117बापदादा आज चारों ओर के बच्चों की प्योरिटी की पर्सनालिटी चेक कर रहे थे . bāpdādā āj chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kī|key purity kī|key personality check kar rahē thē . bāpdādā āj chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key purity kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key personality check karnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] . BapDada today everywhere (of|K) child (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) purity (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) personality check do[root] remain[past-perf.pl.m.] .
147The Shaktis are also sitting on chairs. 148It is good that at least you have a chair. 149And what are those on the couches doing?
118प्योरिटी की परिभाषा को भी अच्छी तरह से जानते हो . purity kī|key paribhāṣhā kō bhī achchhī tarah sē jāntē hō . purity kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key paribhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] . purity (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x to too achcha x from know[pres.pl.m.2] .
150Those on the couches have become the most elevated of all because they have got a couch.
119प्योरिटी सिर्फ ब्रह्मचर्य व्रत नहीं , ब्रह्मचर्य व्रत में तो आजकल के सरकमस्टांस अनुसार कई अज्ञानी भी रहते हैं . purity sirph brahmcharya vrat nahī̃ , brahmcharya vrat mē̃ tō ājkal kē|K circumstance anusār kaī agyānī bhī rahtē haĩ . purity sirph[adj.] brahmcharya[x] vrat[x] nahī̃[neg] , brahmcharya[x] vrat[x] mē̃[postp.] tō ājkal kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K circumstance anusār kaī agyānī[adj.] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . purity only celibacy fast not , celibacy fast in then nowadays (of|K) circumstances according to some ignorant too remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
151Those people got chairs, those people got a chance to be queens of the floor. 152You are good; the kings and queens of the floor are good. 153Today, BapDada was checking the personality of purity of the children everywhere.
120ज्ञान से नहीं लेकिन हालातों को देखकर . gyān sē nahī̃ lēkin hālātō̃ kō dēkhkar . gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin hālat[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] . knowledge from not but situation to see[abs.] .
154You know the definition of purity very well.
121कई भक्त भी रहते हैं . kaī bhakta bhī rahtē haĩ . kaī bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . some devotee too remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
155Purity is not simply the vow of celibacy.
122वो कोई बड़ी बात नहीं है . vō kōī baṛī bāt nahī̃ hai . vah[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that some very matter not be[pres.sg.23] . 123लेकिन प्योरिटी को सारे दिन में चेक करो-पवि त्रता की निशानी है स्वच्छता , सत्यता . lēkin purity kō sārē din mē̃ check karō-pavi tratā kī|key niśhānī hai svachchhatā , satyatā . lēkin purity kō[postp.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] check x x kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] svachchhatā[n.f.;sg.] , satyatā[n.f.;sg.] . but purity to the whole day in check x x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) sign be[pres.sg.23] cleanliness , truth .
156Nowadays, many people who do not have any knowledge lead a celibate life according to circumstances. 157Not because of knowledge, but because of their situation. 158Even many bhagats remain celibate.
124अगर सारे दिन में चाहे उठने में , चाहे बैठने में , चाहे बोलने में , चाहे सेवा करने में , चाहे स्थूल सेवा की वा सूक्ष्म सेवा की लेकिन अगर विधिपूर्वक नहीं की , विधि में भी अगर जरा सा अन्तर रह गया तो वो भी स्वच्छता अर्थात् पवित्रता नहीं . agar sārē din mē̃ chāhē uṭhnē mē̃ , chāhē baiṭhnē mē̃ , chāhē bōlnē mē̃ , chāhē sēvā karnē mē̃ , chāhē sthūl sēvā kī|key vā sūkṣhma sēvā kī|key lēkin agar vidhipūrvak nahī̃ kī|key , vidhi mē̃ bhī agar jarā sā antar rah gayā tō vō bhī svachchhatā arthāt pavitratā nahī̃ . agar sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] uṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sthūl[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key vā sūkṣhma[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key lēkin agar vidhipūrvak nahī̃[neg] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key , vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] agar zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] tō vah[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] svachchhatā[n.f.;sg.] arthāt pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . if the whole day in (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) wake up[inf.m.pl.,o.] in , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] in , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] in , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) physical service (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) or subtle service (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) but if with discipline not (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) , method in too if x x difference remain[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] then that too cleanliness that is purity not .
159That is not a big thing. 160But check your purity throughout the day. 161The sign of purity is cleanliness and honesty. 162Throughout the day, in sitting, standing, speaking, doing service, whether physical or subtle, if it is not done according to the system, if there is the slightest difference in doing it according to the system, then that is not cleanliness, that is, it is not purity.
125व्यर्थ संकल्प भी अपवित्रता है . vyarth saṅkalp bhī apavitratā hai . vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] apavitratā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . wasteful thought too impurity be[pres.sg.23] .
163Waste thoughts are also impurity. 164Why?
126क्यों ? kyō̃ ? kyō̃ ? why ? 127आप सोचेंगे कि हमने पाप तो किया ही नहीं , किसको दुःख तो दिया ही नहीं लेकिन अगर व्यर्थ चला , समय गया , संकल्प गया , सन्तुष्टता गई तो आपके पवित्रता की फाइनल स्टेज के डिग्री में फर्क पड़ जायेगा . āp sōchē̃gē ki hamnē pāp tō kiyā hī nahī̃ , kiskō duḥkh tō diyā hī nahī̃ lēkin agar vyarth chalā , samay gayā , saṅkalp gayā , santuṣhṭatā gaī tō āpkē pavitratā kī|key final stage kē|K degree mē̃ phark paṛ jāyēgā . āp[pn.pl.] sōchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.nē] pāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] , kaun[pn.sg.kō] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] tō dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin agar vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalānā[root]|chalnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] jānā[past-part.f.] tō āp[pn.pl.kē] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key final stage kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K degree mē̃[postp.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . you think[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that we[.nē] x then do[past-part.m.sg.d.] only not , who[.kō] (sorrow|hurt[root]) then give[past-part.m.sg.d.] only not but if wasteful (x[root]|continue[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , time go[past-part.m.sg.d.] , thought go[past-part.m.sg.d.] , contentment go[past-part.f.] then you[.kē] purity (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) final stage (of|K) degree in difference fall[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . 12816 कला नहीं बन सकेंगे . 16 kalā nahī̃ ban sakē̃gē . 16 kalā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . 16 degree not become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .
165You would have a waste thought, but you would not think that you have committed any sin nor that you have given sorrow to anyone. 166However, if you did have waste thoughts, and your time was spent in that, if your thoughts were wasted and you lost your contentment, then there would be a slight difference in the degree of your purity in your final stage.
12915 कला , 14 कला , साढ़े पन्द्रह कला … नम्बरवार हो जायेगा . 15 kalā , 14 kalā , sāṛhē pandrah kalā … number-vār hō jāyēgā . 15 kalā[n.f.;sg.] , 14 kalā[n.f.;sg.] , sāṛhē pandrah[adj.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] … number-wār hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . 15 degree , 14 degree , x x degree … numberwise be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
167You would not be able to become sixteen celestial degrees complete.
130तो अपवित्रता सिर्फ किसको दुःख देना या पाप कर्म करना नहीं है लेकिन स्वयं में सत्यता , स्वच्छता विधिपूर्वक अगर अनुभव करते हो तो पवित्र हो . tō apavitratā sirph kiskō duḥkh dēnā yā pāp karma karnā nahī̃ hai lēkin svayã mē̃ satyatā , svachchhatā vidhipūrvak agar anubhav kartē hō tō pavitra hō . tō apavitratā[n.f.;sg.] sirph[adj.] kaun[pn.sg.kō] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yā pāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin svayã mē̃[postp.] satyatā[n.f.;sg.] , svachchhatā[n.f.;sg.] vidhipūrvak agar anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō pavitr[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then impurity only who[.kō] (sorrow|hurt[root]) give[inf.m.sg.d.] or x deed do[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] but x in truth , cleanliness with discipline if experience do[pres.pl.m.2] then pure (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
168You would either be fifteen celestial degrees, fourteen or fifteen and a half degrees; you would be numberwise. 169Impurity is not simply giving sorrow to someone or committing a sin, but if you experience cleanliness and honesty within yourself according to the system, then you are pure.
131निकल गया , बोलना नहीं था लेकिन बोल लिया , तो इसको क्या कहेंगे ? nikal gayā , bōlnā nahī̃ thā lēkin bōl liyā , tō iskō kyā kahē̃gē ? nikalnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , bōlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.m.sg] lēkin bōlnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , tō yah[pn.sg.kō] kyā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? be extracted[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , speak[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[past.m.sg] but speak[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , then this[.kō] what say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
170If words just emerge when you do not wish to speak them, what would you call this?
132मालिक हैं ? mālik haĩ ? mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? master be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
171Are you the masters then?
133इसीलिये अमृतवेले से लेकर रात तक अपने संकल्प , बोल , कर्म , सेवा-सबको चेक करो . isīliyē amr̥itvēlē sē lēkar rāt tak apnē saṅkalp , bōl , karma , sēvā-sabakō check karō . isliē amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] rāt[n.f.;sg.] tak apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] , x check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore amrit vela from take[abs.] night until one’s own thought , (speak[root]|x) , deed , x check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
172Therefore, from amrit vela until night, check your thoughts, words, actions and service.
134मोटे रूप से नहीं चेक करो . mōṭē rūp sē nahī̃ check karō . mōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . gross Rup from not check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
173Do not check the gross form.
135अगर मोटे रूप से चेक करेंगे तो देखो चन्द्रवंशी को मोटी निशानी तीर कमान दिया है और सूर्यवंशी को कितनी छोटी सी मुरली दे दी है . agar mōṭē rūp sē check karē̃gē tō dēkhō chandravanśhī kō mōṭī niśhānī tīr kamān diyā hai aur sūryavanśhī kō kitnī chhōṭī see|sī|C murlī dē dī hai . agar mōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] check karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] chandravanśhī[adj.] kō[postp.] mōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kamān[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur sūryavanśhī[adj.] kō[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . if gross Rup from check do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] those of the moon dynasty to gross sign arrow x give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and part of the sun dynasty to so small (see|x) flute give[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] .
174If you only check the gross form, then the sign of this is the moon dynasty with the huge bow and arrow, whereas the sun dynasty sign is just a little flute.
136मुरली कितनी हल्की है ! murlī kitnī halkī hai ! murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] halkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! flute so light be[pres.sg.23] ! 137और तीर कमान कितना मेहनत का है . aur tīr kamān kitnā mēhnat kā hai . aur tīr kamān[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and x so effort of be[pres.sg.23] .
175The flute is so light, and the bow and arrow takes so much labour.
138पहले तो निशाना लगाते रहो , दूसरा बोझ उठाते रहो ! pahlē tō niśhānā lagātē rahō , dūsrā bōjh uṭhātē rahō ! pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] tō niśhānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] ! (x|firstly) then x attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] , other burden uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] !
176First of all, you have to aim at the target and you also have to carry a burden.
139और मुरली देखो-नाचो , गाओ , हंसो , खेलो . aur murlī dēkhō-nācō , gāō , hansō , khēlō . aur murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x , gānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , hãsnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , khēlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and flute x , sing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , laugh out[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
177And look at the flute: just dance, sing, laugh and play.
140तो इसीलिये मोटे मोटे रूप न पुरूषार्थ का रखो , न चेकिंग का रखो . tō isīliyē mōṭē mōṭē rūp na purūṣhārth kā rakhō , na checking kā rakhō . tō isliē mōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] na[neg] puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , na[neg] checking kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then therefore gross gross Rup not effort of keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , not x of keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
178Therefore, do not adopt the gross form of effort nor in your checking.
141अभी महीन बुद्धि बनो . abhī mahīn buddhi banō . ab[adv.hī] mahīn[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now refined intellect become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 142क्योंकि समय समाप्त अचानक होना है , बताकर नहीं होना है . kyōṅki samay samāpt achānak hōnā hai , batākar nahī̃ hōnā hai . kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] achānak hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , batānā[abs.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . because time finished suddenly be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , tell[abs.] not be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
179Now, have a refined intellect, because the time is going to finish suddenly; it will not warn you in advance.
143बापदादा ने तो पहले ही कह दिया है कि कोई उलहना नहीं देना-बाबा , आपने बताया क्यों नहीं ? bāpdādā nē tō pahlē hī kah diyā hai ki kōī ulahnā nahī̃ dēnā-bābā , āpnē batāyā kyō̃ nahī̃ ? bāpdādā nē[postp.] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ki[conj.] kōī[pn.;d.] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] x , āp[pn.pl.nē] batānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] ? BapDada ∅ then (x|firstly) only say[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] that some complaint not x , you[.nē] tell[past-part.m.sg.d.] why not ?
180BapDada has already told you in advance that you must not complain and say: Baba, why did You not tell us in advance?
144बाप कभी भी टाइम कॉन्सेस नहीं बनायेगा . bāp kabhī bhī time conscious nahī̃ banāyēgā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] time conscious nahī̃[neg] banānā[fut.m.sg.23] . father ever too time conscious not create[fut.m.sg.23] .
181Baba will never make you time conscious.
145अभी पूरा डायमण्ड बनना है ना ! abhī pūrā diamond bannā hai nā ! ab[adv.hī] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] diamond bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ! now full diamond become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ !
182You now have to become a complete diamond.
146ये वायदा किया है ना ? yē vāydā kiyā hai nā ? yah[pn.pl.d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā ? this promise do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ ?
183You have made this promise, have you not?
147डायमण्ड जुबली मनानी है या डायमण्ड बनना है ? diamond jubilee manānī hai yā diamond bannā hai ? diamond jubilee[x] manānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yā diamond bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? x celebrate[pres.sg.23.oblig1] or diamond become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
184Do you wish to celebrate the Diamond Jubilee or to become a diamond?
148क्या करना है ? kyā karnā hai ? kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
185What do you wish to do?
149बनना भी है और मनाना भी है . bannā bhī hai aur manānā bhī hai . bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . become[inf.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] and celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] .
186Do you wish to celebrate or to become?
150दोनों साथ साथ करना है . dōnō̃ sāth sāth karnā hai . dōnō̃ sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . x with with do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
187You have to become and you have to celebrate.
151तो बापदादा अगले वर्ष में चेक करेंगे-वायदा निभाया या सिर्फ मुख मीठा किया ? tō bāpdādā aglē varṣh mē̃ check karēṅgē-vāyadā nibhāyā yā sirph mukh mīṭhā kiyā ? tō bāpdādā aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] check x nibhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yā sirph[adj.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then BapDada next year in check x fulfil[past-part.m.sg.d.] or only mouth sweet do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
188You have to do both together. 189Next year, Baba will check whether you fulfilled your promise or whether you just sweetened your mouth by saying, "Yes, yes".
152तो कौन हो ? tō kaun hō ? tō kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
190So who are you?
153सिर्फ बोलने वाले हो या निभाने वाले हो ? sirph bōlnē vālē hō yā nibhānē vālē hō ? sirph[adj.] bōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā nibhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? only speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or fulfil[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
191Are you those who just say this or those who also fulfil it? 192Are you those who fulfil this?
154अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha !
193Achcha.
155देखो , टी . वी . में आप सबका फोटो आ रहा है , फिर बदल नहीं जाना-मैं था ही नहीं , मैंने नहीं कहा था ! dēkhō , T . we|V . mē̃ āp sabkā phōṭō ā rahā hai , phir badal nahī̃ jānā-maĩ thā hī nahī̃ , mainnē nahī̃ kahā thā ! dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , T . we|V . mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] photo ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] badal[n.m.;sg.,d.]|badalnā[root] nahī̃[neg] x hōnā[past.m.sg] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] , maĩ[pn.sg.nē] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[past-perf.m.sg.] ! see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x . (x) . in you everyone's photograph come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , (then|turn[root]) (x|change[root]) not x be[past.m.sg] only not , I[.nē] not say[past-perf.m.sg.] !
194Look, the picture of all of you is being recorded on the T.V. 195Do not later change by saying that it wasn't you, that you didn't say it.
156बनना तो अच्छा है ना , तो जो अच्छी बात है उसको जल्दी करना चाहिये या देरी से ? bannā tō achchhā hai nā , tō jō achchhī bāt hai uskō jaldī karnā chāhiyē yā dērī sē ? bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , tō jō[pn.;d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] jaldī karnā[.oblig3] yā dērī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ? become[inf.m.sg.d.] then achcha be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , then that achcha matter be[pres.sg.23] that[.kō] very quickly do[.oblig3] or x from ?
196It is good to become this, and so what should you do about something that is good? 197Should you do that quickly or take time over it?
157जल्दी करना चाहिये ना ! jaldī karnā chāhiyē nā ! jaldī karnā[.oblig3] nā ! very quickly do[.oblig3] ∅ !
198You should do it quickly, should you not?
158सेकण्ड में एवररेडी बन सकते हो ? second mē̃ ever ready ban saktē hō ? second mē̃[postp.] ever ready bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? second in ever-ready become[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
199Can you become everready in one second?
159सेकण्ड में अशरीरी बन सकते हो ? second mē̃ aśharīrī ban saktē hō ? second mē̃[postp.] aśharīrī[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? second in bodiless become[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
200Can you become bodiless in one second?
160कि युद्ध करनी पड़ेगी कि नहीं , मैं शरीर नहीं हूँ , मैं शरीर नहीं हूँ … ऐसे तो नहीं ना ! ki yuddha karnī paṛēgī ki nahī̃ , maĩ śharīr nahī̃ hū̃ , maĩ śharīr nahī̃ hū̃ … aisē tō nahī̃ nā ! ki[conj.] yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] ki[conj.] nahī̃[neg] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.1] … aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] nā ! that battle do[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] that not , I body not be[pres.sg.1] , I body not be[pres.sg.1] … such then not ∅ !
201Or, will you have to battle, thinking, "No, I am not a body, I am not a body". 202It is not like that, is it?
161सोचा और हुआ . sōchā aur huā . sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . think[past-part.m.sg.d.] and be[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 162सोचना और स्थित होना . sōchnā aur sthit hōnā . sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur sthit[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . think[inf.m.sg.d.] and stabilised be[inf.m.sg.d.] .
203It should happen the minute you think about it.
163 ( बापदादा ने कुछ मिनटों तक ड्रिल कराई ) अच्छा लगता है ना ! ( bāpdādā nē kuchh minaṭō̃ tak drill karāī ) achchhā lagtā hai nā ! ( bāpdādā nē[postp.] kuchh minute[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] tak drill karānā[past-part.f.] ) achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! ( BapDada ∅ anything minute until drill make commit[past-part.f.] ) enjoy ∅ !
204(BapDada performed a drill for some minutes.) 205It feels good, does it not?
164तो सारे दिन में बीच बीच में ये अभ्यास करो . tō sārē din mē̃ bīch bīch mē̃ yē abhyās karō . tō sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bīch bīch mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.pl.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then the whole day in centre centre in this practice do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
206So, every now and again, throughout the day, practise this.
165कितने भी बिजी हो लेकिन बीच बीच में एक सेकण्ड भी अशरीरी होने का अभ्यास अवश्य करो . kitnē bhī busy hō lēkin bīch bīch mē̃ ēk second bhī aśharīrī hōnē kā abhyās avaśhya karō . kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] busy hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin bīch bīch mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] second bhī[p.] aśharīrī[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] avaśhya karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . so too busy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but centre centre in one second too bodiless be[inf.m.pl.,o.] of practice x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
207No matter how busy you are, definitely practise being bodiless for even one second again and again.
166इसके लिये कोई नहीं कह सकता-मैं बिजी हूँ . iskē liyē kōī nahī̃ kah sakatā-maĩ busy hū̃ . yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[root] x busy hōnā[pres.sg.1] . this[.kē] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] some not say[root] x busy be[pres.sg.1] .
208For this, none of you can say that you are busy.
167एक सेकण्ड निकालना ही है , अभ्यास करना ही है . ēk second nikālnā hī hai , abhyās karnā hī hai . ēk[adj.] second nikālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one second x[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , practice do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
209You have to take out one second. 210You have to practise this.
168अगर किसी से बातें भी कर रहे हो , किसके साथ कार्य कर रहे हो , तो उन्हों को भी एक सेकण्ड ये ड्रिल कराओ , क्योंकि समय प्रमाण ये अशरीरीपन का अनुभव , यह अभ्यास जिसको ज्यादा होगा वो नम्बर आगे ले लेगा . agar kisī sē bātē̃ bhī kar rahē hō , kiskē sāth kārya kar rahē hō , tō unhō̃ kō bhī ēk second yē drill karāō , kyōṅki samay pramāṇ yē aśharīrīpan kā anubhav , yah abhyās jiskō jyādā hōgā vō number āgē lē lēgā . agar kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] sē[postp.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , kaun[pn.sg.kē] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , tō vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] second yah[pn.pl.d.] drill karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ yah[pn.pl.d.] aśharīrīpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.sg.kō] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] vah[pn.;d.] number āgē lēnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+lēnā] . if (some|anything) from matter too do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , who[.kē] with task do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , then that to too one second this drill make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , because time (under) this being bodiless of experience , this practice that[.kō] more be[fut.m.sg.23] that number previously take[fut.m.sg.23.root+lēnā] .
211If you are talking to someone, if you are carrying out a task with someone, make them perform this drill for one second also. 212Because according to the time, those who have greater experience and the practice of being bodiless in one second will be able to claim a high number.
169क्योंकि सुनाया कि समय समाप्त अचानक होना है . kyōṅki sunāyā ki samay samāpt achānak hōnā hai . kyōṅki sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] achānak hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . because speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] that time finished suddenly be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
213Because you have already been told that the completion of time will be sudden.
170अशरीरी होने का अभ्यास होगा तो फौरन ही समय की समाप्ति का वायब्रेशन आयेगा . aśharīrī hōnē kā abhyās hōgā tō phauran hī samay kī|key samāpti kā vibration āyēgā . aśharīrī[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō phauran hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vibration ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . bodiless be[inf.m.pl.,o.] of practice be[fut.m.sg.23] then x only time (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) completion of vibrations come[fut.m.sg.23] .
214Once you have the practice of being bodiless, you will instantly have the vibrations of the completion of time.
171इसलिये अभी से अभ्यास बढ़ाओ . isliyē abhī sē abhyās baṛhāō . isliē ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore now from practice increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
215Therefore, practise this from now.
172ऐसे नहीं , अगले साल में डायमण्ड जुबली है तो अब नहीं करना है , पीछे करना है . aisē nahī̃ , aglē sāl mē̃ diamond jubilee hai tō ab nahī̃ karnā hai , pīchhē karnā hai . aisē nahī̃[x] , aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] diamond jubilee[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō ab[adv.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , pīchhē karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . it isn't that , next year in x be[pres.sg.23] then now not do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
216Do not think that the Diamond Jubilee is next year and so you will do this next year, that you will do it later.
173जितना बहुत काल एड करेंगे उतना राज्य भाग्य के प्राप्ति में भी नम्बर आगे लेंगे . jitnā bahut kāl add karē̃gē utnā rājya bhāgya kē|K prāpti mē̃ bhī number āgē lē̃gē . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut kal add karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prāpti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] number āgē lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . the more very x add do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x kingdom x (of|K) attainment in too number previously take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
217The more time you add to the period of a long time, the higher the number you will claim in the attainment of the fortune of the kingdom.
174अगर बीच बीच में यह अभ्यास करेंगे तो स्वतः ही शक्तिशाली स्थिति सहज अनुभव करेंगे . agar bīch bīch mē̃ yah abhyās karē̃gē tō svataḥ hī śhaktiśhālī sthiti sahaj anubhav karē̃gē . agar bīch bīch mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō svataḥ hī[p.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] sahaj[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . if centre centre in this practice do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then automatically only powerful stage easy experience do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
218If you practise this every now and again, you will easily and automatically experience a powerful stage.
175ये छोटी छोटी बातों में जो पुरूषार्थ करना पड़ता है वो सब सहज समाप्त हो जायेगा . yē chhōṭī chhōṭī bātō̃ mē̃ jō purūṣhārth karnā paṛtā hai vō sab sahaj samāpt hō jāyēgā . yah[pn.pl.d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] puruṣhārth karnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] vah[pn.;d.] sab[adj.] sahaj[adj.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . this small small matter in that effort do[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] that all easy finished be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
219And then the effort that you have to make over trivial matters will finish. 220Achcha, are all of you happy and content, or will you have to be asked?
176अच्छा सभी खुशराजी हैं ही या पूछना पड़ेगा ? achchhā sabhī khuśarājī haĩ hī yā pūchhnā paṛēgā ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] yā pūchhnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] ? achcha all x be[pres.pl.12hon3] only or ask[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] ?
221There is no need to ask the question, "Are you happy?" 222Is it like this?
177मातायें खुश हो ? mātāyē̃ khuśh hō ? mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? mother happy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
223Are the mothers happy?
178बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
224Very good.
179देखो , कहाँ कहाँ से मेले में पहुँच गये हो . dēkhō , kahā̃ kahā̃ sē mēlē mē̃ pahũch gayē hō . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kahā̃ kahā̃ sē[postp.] mēlā[x] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , where where from fair in reach[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .
225You have reached the mela from everywhere. 226You have received a good chance, have you not?
180अच्छा चांस मिला ना , नहीं तो डेट का इन्तजार करते रहते हैं-हमारा नम्बर कब आयेगा , हमारा नम्बर कब आयेगा ? achchhā chance milā nā , nahī̃ tō date kā intjār kartē rahtē haĩ-hamārā number kab āyēgā , hamārā number kab āyēgā ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā , nahī̃ tō[x] date kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x number kab ānā[fut.m.sg.23] , ham[pn.pl.kā] number kab ānā[fut.m.sg.23] ? achcha chance (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ∅ , otherwise date of wait do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x number when come[fut.m.sg.23] , we[.kā] number when come[fut.m.sg.23] ?
227Otherwise, you have to wait for your date and wonder when your turn will come, when your turn will come. 228This time, it was an open invitation.
181अभी तो खुला निमन्त्रण था ना ! abhī tō khulā nimantraṇ thā nā ! ab[adv.hī] tō khulā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|khulnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nimantraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past.m.sg] nā ! now then (x|open up[past-part.m.sg.d.]) invitation be[past.m.sg] ∅ !
229Is everyone all right? 230Are you living comfortably?
182सब ठीक अच्छी तरह से रह रहे हो ? sab ṭhīk achchhī tarah sē rah rahē hō ? sab[adj.] ṭhīk[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ? all OK achcha x from remain[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ?
231You are experiencing the unlimited, are you not?
183बेहद अनुभव हो रहा है ना ? bēhad anubhav hō rahā hai nā ? bēhad[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nā ? unlimited experience be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ∅ ?
232Or are there some difficulties?
184कि थोड़ी थोड़ी तकलीफ है ? ki thōṛī thōṛī taklīph hai ? ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] taklīph[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? that short short difficulty be[pres.sg.23] ?
233Did the mothers have any difficulties?
185बुजुर्ग माताओं को तकलीफ नहीं हुई है ? bujurg mātāō̃ kō taklīph nahī̃ huī hai ? bujurg[adj.] mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] taklīph[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? older one mother to difficulty not be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
234Did the old mothers not experience any difficulties?
186लाइन में लगो तब ही खाना मिलेगा ! line mē̃ lagō tab hī khānā milēgā ! line mē̃[postp.] lagnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tab hī[p.] khānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|khānā[inf.m.sg.d.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! line in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] for only then only (eat[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|eat[inf.m.sg.d.]) receive[fut.m.sg.23] !
235"You will only get some food when you stand in a queue!"
187लाइन में लगने में थकावट नहीं होती ? line mē̃ lagnē mē̃ thakāvaṭ nahī̃ hōtī ? line mē̃[postp.] lagnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] thakāvaṭ, thakān[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] ? line in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] in tiredness not be[pres-part.f.] ?
236Do you not get tired standing in a queue?
188मजा आता है ? majā ātā hai ? mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? pleasure come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
237Do you enjoy it?
189इतना बड़ा परिवार कब मिलेगा ! itnā baṛā parivār kab milēgā ! itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kab milnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! such very family when receive[fut.m.sg.23] !
238When would you ever find such a huge family?
190तो परिवार को देखकरहर्षित होते हैं ना ! tō parivār kō dēkhakaraharṣit hōtē haĩ nā ! tō parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] x hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! then family to x be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ !
239So you are happy on seeing your family, are you not?
191भक्ति मार्ग के मेले से तो अच्छा मेला है ना ? bhakti mārg kē|K mēlē sē tō achchhā mēlā hai nā ? bhakti mārg[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mēlā[x] sē[postp.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēlā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? path of devotion (of|K) fair from then achcha fair be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
240This mela is better than the melas of the path of bhakti, is it not?
192और दो दिन बढ़ा दें कि बस का खर्चा होगा ? aur dō din baṛhā dē̃ ki bas kā kharchā hōgā ? aur dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] ki[conj.] basnā[root]|bas kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? and (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) day increase[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] that (x[root]|simply) of expenditure be[fut.m.sg.23] ?
241It is very good. 242Are the Pandavs all right?
193घर नहीं याद आयेगा ? ghar nahī̃ yād āyēgā ? ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] ? home not remembrance come[fut.m.sg.23] ?
243Should we increase this mela two more days?
194नौकरी नहीं याद आयेगी ? naukrī nahī̃ yād āyēgī ? naukrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] ? work not remembrance come[fut.f.sg.23] ?
244Or will there be the expense of the buses?
195ये भी कुछ नवीनता होनी चाहिये ना तो ये मेला भी एक नवीनता हुई . yē bhī kuchh navīntā hōnī chāhiyē nā tō yē mēlā bhī ēk navīntā huī . yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] kuchh navīntā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[.oblig3] nā tō yah[pn.pl.d.] mēlā[x] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f.] . this too anything newness be[.oblig3] ∅ then this fair too one newness be[past-part.f.] .
245Will you not remember your homes and your jobs? 246There had to be some newness and so this mela was something new.
196नवीनता का अनुभव कर लिया . navīntā kā anubhav kar liyā . navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . newness of experience do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .
247You have now experienced newness.
197अभी फिर पुरानी बातें थोड़ेही होगी , नई बातें होगी ना ! abhī phir purānī bātē̃ thōṛēhī hōgī , naī bātē̃ hōgī nā ! ab[adv.hī] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] thōṛēhī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] , nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] nā ! now (then|turn[root]) old matter not be[fut.f.sg.23] , new matter be[fut.f.sg.23] ∅ !
248The same old things will not continue, there has to be something new.
198नई बात पसन्द आती है या पुरानी ? naī bāt pasand ātī hai yā purānī ? nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] yā purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ? new matter love come[pres.sg.f.23] or old ?
249Do you like something new or something old?
199नई बात अच्छी लगती है ना ! naī bāt achchhī lagtī hai nā ! nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā ! new matter achcha x[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ !
250You like new things, do you not?
200अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
251Achcha.
201कुमारियों से - कुमारियाँ क्या कमाल करेंगी ! kumāriyō̃ sē - kumāriyā̃ kyā kamāl karē̃gī ! kumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] - kumārī[x] kyā kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ! kumari from - kumari what x do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] !
252To the kumaris:Achcha, all those who are kumaris, raise your hands!
202कुमारियाँ टीचर बनेंगी ? kumāriyā̃ teacher banē̃gī ? kumārī[x] teacher bannā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ? kumari teacher become[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ?
253What will the kumaris do? 254You will perform wonders.
203कुमारियाँ सभी अपने चेहरे से , चलन से , पवित्रता की परिभाषा का भाषण करेंगी . kumāriyā̃ sabhī apnē chēhrē sē , chalan sē , pavitratā kī|key paribhāṣhā kā bhāṣhaṇ karē̃gī . kumārī[x] sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] , chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key paribhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . kumari all one’s own face from , behaviour from , purity (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x of lecture do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
255Kumaris will become teachers. 256Through their faces and their activities, kumaris will give lectures of the definition of purity.
204मुख से भाषण तो सभी करते हैं लेकिन आपके सम्बन्ध में जो भी सामने आये वो चेहरे और चलन से अनुभव करे कि पवित्रता की श्रेष्ठता क्या है ? mukh sē bhāṣhaṇ tō sabhī kartē haĩ lēkin āpkē sambandh mē̃ jō bhī sāmnē āyē vō chēhrē aur chalan sē anubhav karē ki pavitratā kī|key śhrēṣhṭhatā kyā hai ? mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sab[adv.hī] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kē] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sāmnē ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.;d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] aur chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key śhrēṣhṭhatā[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? mouth from lecture then all do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but you[.kē] relationship in that too x (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) that face and behaviour from experience do[opt.sg.23] that purity (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x what be[pres.sg.23] ?
257Everyone gives lectures in words, but anyone who comes into relationship with you or in front of you should experience the greatness of purity from your face and your activity.
205कभी भी कोई कुमारी किसके भी सामने जाये तो साधारण कुमारी नहीं दिखाई दे . kabhī bhī kōī kumārī kiskē bhī sāmnē jāyē tō sādhāraṇ kumārī nahī̃ dikhāī dē . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] kumārī[x] kaun[pn.sg.kē] bhī[p.] sāmnē jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō sādhāraṇ[adj.] kumārī[x] nahī̃[neg] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] . ever too some kumari who[.kē] too x go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] then ordinary kumari not be visible .
258Whenever any kumari goes in front of anyone, she should not be visible as an ordinary kumari.
206पवित्रता की देवी अनुभव हो . pavitratā kī|key dēvī anubhav hō . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key dēvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . purity (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) goddess experience (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
259She should be experienced as a goddess of purity.
207देखो शुरू शुरू में जब तपस्या के बाद सेवा पर निकले तो आप सबको किस रूप में देखते थे ? dēkhō śhurū śhurū mē̃ jab tapasyā kē bād sēvā par nikalē tō āp sabkō kis rūp mē̃ dēkhtē thē ? dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jab tapasyā[n.f.;sg.] kē bād[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō āp[pn.pl.] sabkō kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[hab-past.pl.m.] ? see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] beginning beginning in when tapasya after service (at|other) (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then you everything (what|who) Rup in see[hab-past.pl.m.] ?
260In the beginning, when the sisters went on service, having done tapasya, in what form did everyone see them?
208देवियाँ समझते थे ना ! dēviyā̃ samajhtē thē nā ! dēvī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] samajhnā[hab-past.pl.m.] nā ! goddess understand[hab-past.pl.m.] ∅ !
261They used to consider them to be goddesses.
209उन्हों को साधारण स्वरूप नहीं दिखाई देता था , देवी रूप दिखाई देता था . unhō̃ kō sādhāraṇ svarūp nahī̃ dikhāī dētā thā , dēvī rūp dikhāī dētā thā . vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] sādhāraṇ[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dikhāī dēnā[hab-past.m.sg.] , dēvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhāī dēnā[hab-past.m.sg.] . that to ordinary form not be visible , goddess Rup be visible .
262They would not be able to see the ordinary form, they used to see the form of a goddess.
210देवियाँ आई हैं , कुमारियाँ नहीं . dēviyā̃ āī haĩ , kumāriyā̃ nahī̃ . dēvī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , kumārī[x] nahī̃[neg] . goddess come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , kumari not .
263"Goddesses have come, not kumaris."
211तो हर कुमारी अपने को देवी स्वरूप अनुभव करे और दूसरों को भी अनुभव कराये . tō har|her kumārī apnē kō dēvī svarūp anubhav karē aur dūsrō̃ kō bhī anubhav karāyē . tō harnā[root]|har|her kumārī[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] dēvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] aur dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . then (x[root]|x) kumari one’s own to goddess form experience do[opt.sg.23] and other to too experience make commit[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
264Every kumari should experience herself as a goddess and give others this experience also.
212देवी रूप के ऊपर कभी भी कोई की व्यर्थ नजर नहीं जा सकती . dēvī rūp kē ūpar kabhī bhī kōī kī|key vyarth najar nahī̃ jā saktī . dēvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē ūpar[x] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[root] saknā[pres-part.f.] . goddess Rup over ever too some (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) wasteful glance not go[root] can[pres-part.f.] .
265No one can have wasteful vision for a goddess.
213औरों को भी बचा लेंगे और स्वयं भी बच जायेंगे . aurō̃ kō bhī bachā lē̃gē aur svayã bhī bach jāyēṅgē . aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bachānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] aur svayã bhī[p.] bachnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . others to too save[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] and x too x[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
266She will save others and save herself also.
214ऐसे नहीं कह सकते कि इसकी बुरी दृष्टि थी ना , मैं तो पवित्र हूँ लेकिन दूसरे की बुरी दृष्टि थी . aisē nahī̃ kah saktē ki iskī burī dr̥iṣhṭi thī nā , maĩ tō pavitra hū̃ lēkin dūsrē kī|key burī dr̥iṣhṭi thī . aisē nahī̃[x] kahnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.kī] burā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|burī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past.f] nā , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] tō pavitr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] lēkin dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key burā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|burī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past.f] . it isn't that say[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that this[.kī] (bad|x) drishti be[past.f] ∅ , I then pure be[pres.sg.1] but other (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (bad|x) drishti be[past.f] .
267She cannot say, "This one had bad vision; I am pure, but the other person had bad vision.
215अगर आपकी पॉवरफुल पवित्र दृष्टि है तो जैसे सूर्य अन्धकार को रहने नहीं देता , समाप्त हो जाता है , अन्धकार रोशनी में बदल जाता है , वैसे ही आपकी पवित्रदृष्टि , देवी स्वरूप आसुरी संस्कार को समाप्त कर देगी . agar āpkī powerful pavitra dr̥iṣhṭi hai tō jaisē sūrya andhkār kō rahnē nahī̃ dētā , samāpt hō jātā hai , andhkār rōśhnī mē̃ badal jātā hai , vaisē hī āpkī pavitradr̥ṣṭi , dēvī svarūp āsurī saṅskār kō samāpt kar dēgī . agar āp[pn.pl.kī] powerful pavitr[adj.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sūrya, sūraj[n.m.;sg.,d.] andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , samāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] rōśhnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] badalnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kī] x , dēvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] āsurī[adj.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] samāpt karnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+dēnā] . if you[.kī] powerful pure drishti be[pres.sg.23] then like sun darkness to remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] not give[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , finished be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , darkness light in change[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , x only you[.kī] x , goddess form devilish sanskar to x .
268If you have powerful and pure vision, then, like the sun which does not allow darkness to remain, it finishes it, darkness changes into light, in the same way, your pure vision, your form of a goddess will finish devilish sanskars.
216तो कुमारियाँ क्या हैं ? tō kumāriyā̃ kyā haĩ ? tō kumārī[x] kyā hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? then kumari what be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
269So, who are kumaris? 270The pure goddesses.
217पवित्र देवियाँ . pavitra dēviyā̃ . pavitr[adj.] dēvī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] . pure goddess .
271Are you like this?
218तो कुमारियाँ ऐसे समझती हैं ? tō kumāriyā̃ aisē samajhtī haĩ ? tō kumārī[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ? then kumari such understand[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ?
272Do the kumaris consider themselves to be this?
219हाँ कहते हो तो हाथ उठाओ , अगर ना तो हाथ नहीं उठाओ . hā̃ kahtē hō tō hāth uṭhāō , agar nā tō hāth nahī̃ uṭhāō . hā̃ kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , agar nā tō hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . yes say[pres.pl.m.2] then raise your hands , if ∅ then hand not uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
273If you say yes, then raise your hand. 274If not, then do not raise your hand.
220पवित्र कुमारियाँ हैं . pavitra kumāriyā̃ haĩ . pavitr[adj.] kumārī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . pure kumari be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
275Are you pure kumaris? 276Kumars and kumaris.
221कुमारः कुमार भी पवित्र देव हैं . kumāraḥ kumār bhī pavitra dēv haĩ . x kumār[x] bhī[p.] pavitr[adj.] dēv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x kumar too pure deity be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
277To the kumars:Kumars are also pure deities.
222ऐसे नहीं , ये तो पवित्र देवियाँ हो गई ! aisē nahī̃ , yē tō pavitra dēviyā̃ hō gaī ! aisē nahī̃[x] , yah[pn.pl.d.] tō pavitr[adj.] dēvī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] ! it isn't that , this then pure goddess be[past-part.f..root+jānā] !
278Do not think: They have become the pure goddesses.
223कुमार भी पवित्र देव हैं . kumār bhī pavitra dēv haĩ . kumār[x] bhī[p.] pavitr[adj.] dēv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . kumar too pure deity be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
279Kumars are also pure deities.
224किसी भी तरफ , अपवित्र दृष्टि की बात तो छोड़ो लेकिन स्वप्न मात्र भी अपवित्र वृत्ति नहीं जा सकती . kisī bhī taraph , apavitr dr̥iṣhṭi kī|key bāt tō chhōṛō lēkin svapn mātra bhī apavitr vr̥itti nahī̃ jā saktī . kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] , apavitr[adj.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] tō chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātra bhī[p.] apavitr[adj.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[root] saknā[pres-part.f.] . (some|anything) too direction , impure drishti (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) matter then renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but dream just too impure attitude not go[root] can[pres-part.f.] .
280Let alone impure vision, you cannot have an impure attitude, even in your dreams, towards anyone. 281Kumars, raise your hands!
225कुमार हाथ उठाओ . kumār hāth uṭhāō . kumār[x] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . kumar raise your hands .
282There are many kumars also.
226कुमार भी बहुत हैं . kumār bhī bahut haĩ . kumār[x] bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . kumar too very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
283Who are the kumars? 284Pure deities.
227तो कुमार कौन हो ? tō kumār kaun hō ? tō kumār[x] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then kumar who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ? 228पवित्र देव . pavitra dēv . pavitr[adj.] dēv[n.m.;sg.,d.] . pure deity .
285I am a deity soul; not that I am soandso.
229देव आत्मा हूँ . dēv ātmā hū̃ . dēv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . deity soul be[pres.sg.1] . 230मैं फलाना हूँ , नहीं . maĩ phalānā hū̃ , nahī̃ . maĩ[pn.sg.d.] phalānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , nahī̃[neg] . I x be[pres.sg.1] , not .
286No, I am a deity soul, I am a pure soul.
231देव आत्मा हूँ , पवित्र आत्मा हूँ . dēv ātmā hū̃ , pavitra ātmā hū̃ . dēv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , pavitr[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . deity soul be[pres.sg.1] , pure soul be[pres.sg.1] .
287To the mothers: Mothers, raise your hands!
232माताओं से - मातायें बहुत हैं . mātāō̃ sē - mātāyē̃ bahut haĩ . mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] - mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . mother from - mother very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
288Only the mothers who are householders, raise your hands!
233मातायें क्या कमाल करेंगी ? mātāyē̃ kyā kamāl karē̃gī ? mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kyā kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ? mother what x do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ?
289There are many mothers.
234कमाल करना है ना ? kamāl karnā hai nā ? kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ? x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ ?
290What wonder will the mothers perform?
235तो मातायें सदा ईश्वरीय स्नेह से सभी को अज्ञान की नींद से जगाओ . tō mātāyē̃ sadā īśhvarīy snēh sē sabhī kō agyān kī|key nīnd sē jagāō . tō mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sadā īśhvarīy[adj.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] agyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key nīnd[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] jagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then mother constantly Godly love from all to ignorance (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) sleep from awaken[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
291You have to perform a wonder, do you not? 292Mothers have to awaken everyone from the sleep of ignorance through Godly love.
236जैसे छोटे बच्चों को उठाती हो ना-उठो , तैयार हो , स्कूल में जाओ , तो ऐसे जगत मातायें बन अज्ञान के नींद में सोये हुए बच्चों को उठाओ . jaisē chhōṭē bachchō̃ kō uṭhātī hō nā-uṭhō , taiyār hō , school mē̃ jāō , tō aisē jagat mātāyē̃ ban agyān kē|K nīnd mē̃ sōyē huē bachchō̃ kō uṭhāō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.f.2] x , taiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , school mē̃[postp.] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jagat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] agyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nīnd[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like small child to uplift[pres.pl.f.2] x , x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , school in go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , then such world mother (become[root]|x) ignorance (of|K) sleep in sleep[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] child to uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
293Just as you awaken a small child, "Wake up, get ready, go to school", in the same way, become world mothers and awaken the children who are sleeping in the sleep of ignorance.
237आत्माओं को जगाओ , क्योंकि जगत माता हो . ātmāō̃ kō jagāō , kyōṅki jagat mātā hō . ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kyōṅki jagat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . soul to awaken[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , because world mother (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
294Because you are world mothers, awaken the souls.
238जैसे अपने को हद की माता समझने से जिम्मेवारी समझती हो ना . jaisē apnē kō had kī|key mātā samajhnē sē jimmēvārī samajhtī hō nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mātā[n.f.;sg.] samajhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] samajhnā[pres.pl.f.2] nā . like one’s own to x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) mother understand[inf.m.pl.,o.] from responsibility understand[pres.pl.f.2] ∅ . 239जो भी बच्चें होंगे , 8 हो कि 6 , लेकिन जिम्मेवारी समझती हो ना ऐसे बेहद की जगत मातायें बन बच्चों ( आत्माओं ) पर रहम करो . jō bhī bachchē̃ hōṅgē , 8 hō ki 6 , lēkin jimmēvārī samajhtī hō nā aisē bēhad kī|key jagat mātāyē̃ ban bachchō̃ ( ātmāō̃ ) par rahm karō . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , 8 hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ki[conj.] 6 , lēkin zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] samajhnā[pres.pl.f.2] nā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bēhad[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key jagat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] ( ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] ) par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that too child be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , 8 (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that 6 , but responsibility understand[pres.pl.f.2] ∅ such unlimited (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) world mother (become[root]|x) child ( soul ) (at|other) mercy do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
295Just as you consider yourselves responsible because you are mothers of the limited; no matter how many children you have, whether 6 or 8, you consider it your responsibility; so in the same way, become unlimited world mothers. 296Have mercy on the children, on the souls.
240बच्चा माना बाप का बच्चा . bachchā mānā bāp kā bachchā . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|mānā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . child (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|means) father of child .
297A child means a child of the Father.
241कई ऐसे भी कहानियाँ सुनते हैं , कहते हैं बुरीदृष्टि नहीं है लेकिन इसको माँ समझते हैं . kaī aisē bhī kahāniyā̃ suntē haĩ , kahtē haĩ burīdr̥ṣṭi nahī̃ hai lēkin iskō mā̃ samajhtē haĩ . kaī aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] kahānī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin yah[pn.sg.kō] mā̃[n.f.;sg.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . some such too x listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x not be[pres.sg.23] but this[.kō] mother understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
298You hear of many stories, and they say that they do not have bad vision, but that they consider this one to be their mother.
242लेकिन माँ सिवाए ब्रह्मा बाप के और कोई आत्मा हो नहीं सकती . lēkin mā̃ sivāē brahmā bāp kē|K aur kōī ātmā hō nahī̃ saktī . lēkin mā̃[n.f.;sg.] sivāē brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K aur kōī[x] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.f.] . but mother except Brahma father (of|K) someone else soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) not can[pres-part.f.] .
299However, no soul except father Brahma can be the mother.
243तो अपना बच्चा नहीं बनाना , बाप का बच्चा बनाना . tō apnā bachchā nahī̃ banānā , bāp kā bachchā banānā . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then (one’s own|adopt[root]) child not create[inf.m.sg.d.] , father of child create[inf.m.sg.d.] .
300Do not make anyone your child, but a child of the father.
244तो मातायें तैयार हैं ? tō mātāyē̃ taiyār haĩ ? tō mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? then mother x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
301Are the mothers ready?
245करनी है सेवा ? karnī hai sēvā ? karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] ? do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] service ?
302Do you wish to do service?
246अच्छा , हाथ हिला रही हैं . achchhā , hāth hilā rahī haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] . achcha , hand make fluctuate[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] .
303Achcha, you are waving your hands!
247कई बच्चे खेल बहुत करते हैं , सारे दिन में कहाँ न कहाँ , कोई न कोई नया खेल जरूर होता है . kaī bachchē khēl bahut kartē haĩ , sārē din mē̃ kahā̃ na kahā̃ , kōī na kōī nayā khēl jarūr hōtā hai . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] bahut karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kahā̃ na kahā̃[x] , kōī na kōī[x] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] zarūr hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . some child (play|play[root]) very do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , the whole day in somewhere or other , one .. or another new (play|play[root]) definitely be[pres.sg.m.23] .
304You play many games. 305Throughout the day, somewhere or another, there is always one or another game taking place.
248और बातें भी बड़ी अच्छी बनाते हैं . aur bātē̃ bhī baṛī achchhī banātē haĩ . aur bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . and matter too very achcha create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
306You also make up many good stories.
249ऐसी नई नई अच्छी बातें बनाते हैं जो न शास्त्रमें हैं न मुरली में हैं , तो अभी ये बचपन के खेल कब तक करेंगे ? aisī naī naī achchhī bātē̃ banātē haĩ jō na śāstramē̃ haĩ na murlī mē̃ haĩ , tō abhī yē bachpan kē|K khēl kab tak karē̃gē ? aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] na[neg] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] na[neg] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tō ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.pl.d.] bachpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] kab tak karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? such new new achcha matter create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that not x be[pres.pl.12hon3] not flute in be[pres.pl.12hon3] , then now this childhood (of|K) (play|play[root]) when until do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
307You make up such good new stories with the intoxication that you hear the murli with. 308For how long will these childhood games continue?
250ये बचपन के खेल हैं . yē bachpan kē|K khēl haĩ . yah[pn.pl.d.] bachpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this childhood (of|K) (play|play[root]) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
309These are childhood games.
251जैसे गुड़िया बनाते भी हैं , उनको बड़ा भी करते हैं , परिवार वाले भी बना देते हैं , फिर खत्म कर देते हैं . jaisē guṛiyā banātē bhī haĩ , unkō baṛā bhī kartē haĩ , parivār vālē bhī banā dētē haĩ , phir khatm kar dētē haĩ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] guṛiyā[n.f.;sg.] banānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.kō] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . like doll create[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that[.kō] very too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , family those who too create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , (then|turn[root]) finished do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
310You create dolls, you make them grow up, you make them have a family and then you finish them off. 311Those who make up stories also do the same thing.
252तो बातें बनाने वाले भी ऐसे करते हैं-बात को पहले जन्म देते हैं , फिर उसको विस्तार करते हैं , फिर उसमें नमक-मिर्ची डालकर , मसाला डालकर बहुत टेस्टी करते हैं , फिर एक दो को खिलाते हैं . tō bātē̃ banānē vālē bhī aisē kartē haĩ-bāt kō pahlē janm dētē haĩ , phir uskō vistār kartē haĩ , phir usmē̃ namak-mircī ḍālkar , masālā ḍālkar bahut tasty kartē haĩ , phir ēk dō kō khilātē haĩ . tō bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x kō[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] janamnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] vah[pn.sg.kō] vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] x ḍālnā[abs.] , masālā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ḍālnā[abs.] bahut tasty karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] khilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then matter create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who too such do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x to (x|firstly) be born[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] , (then|turn[root]) that[.kō] expansion do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (then|turn[root]) that[.mē̃] x create[abs.] , spices create[abs.] very x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (then|turn[root]) one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to feed[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
312They first give birth to a story, then they expand it, and then they add salt, pepper and spices to make it very tasty; and then they feed it to others. 313Is it still the childhood of all of you or your stage of retirement?
253अभी आप सबका बचपन है या वानप्रस्थ है ? abhī āp sabkā bachpan hai yā vānaprasth hai ? ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā vānprasth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? now you everyone's childhood be[pres.sg.23] or retirement be[pres.sg.23] ?
314You have reached your stage of retirement, have you not?
254वानप्रस्थ तक पहुँच गये हो ना ? vānaprasth tak pahũch gayē hō nā ? vānprasth[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] nā ? retirement until reach[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ∅ ?
315It is now the time to go beyond sound.
255अभी तो वाणी से परे जाने का समय है . abhī tō vāṇī sē parē jānē kā samay hai . ab[adv.hī] tō vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] par jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now then words from other (know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) of time be[pres.sg.23] .
316Those who are in their stage of retirement do not play childhood games.
256तो वानप्रस्थ स्थिति वाले बचपन के खेल नहीं करते लेकिन कमाल करते हैं . tō vānaprasth sthiti vālē bachpan kē|K khēl nahī̃ kartē lēkin kamāl kartē haĩ . tō vānprasth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then retirement stage those who childhood (of|K) (play|play[root]) not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 257जब खेल में लग जाते हैं ना तो ये खेल क्या कर रहा हूँ-ये महसूस भी कम करते हैं . jab khēl mē̃ lag jātē haĩ nā tō yē khēl kyā kar rahā hū̃-yē mahsūs bhī kam|cum kartē haĩ . jab khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] mē̃[postp.] lagnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] nā tō yah[pn.pl.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] kyā karnā[root] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] x mahsūs[adj.] bhī[p.] kam[adj.]|cum karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . when (play|play[root]) in x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅ then this (play|play[root]) what do[root] (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) x experienced too (less|x) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
317But the wonder you perform is that when you engage yourselves in these games, you do not realise what games you are playing. 318You become so busy in the games.
258खेल में इतने मस्त हो जाते हैं . khēl mē̃ itnē mast hō jātē haĩ . khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] mē̃[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mast[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . (play|play[root]) in such intoxicated be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . 259तो अभी वानप्रस्थ स्थिति का अनुभव करो और कराओ . tō abhī vānaprasth sthiti kā anubhav karō aur karāō . tō ab[adv.hī] vānprasth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then now retirement stage of experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
319So now experience the stage of going beyond sound and of giving others this experience also.
260बचपन के खेल खेल लिये , बहुत खेले . bachpan kē|K khēl khēl liyē , bahut khēlē . bachpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] khēlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+lēnā] , bahut khēlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|khēlnā[opt.sg.23] . childhood (of|K) (play|play[root]) play[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+lēnā] , very (play[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|play[opt.sg.23]) .
320You have played the games of childhood for so long.
261अच्छा , अभी इस वर्ष के सीजन का समय समाप्त हो रहा है . achchhā , abhī is varṣh kē|K season kā samay samāpt hō rahā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K season kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . achcha , now this year (of|K) season of time finished be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
321Achcha, this year's season is now finishing. 322BapDada has one thought.
262तो बापदादा को एक संकल्प है . tō bāpdādā kō ēk saṅkalp hai . tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then BapDada to one thought be[pres.sg.23] . 263ब्रह्मचर्य व्रत तो सभी ने बहुत सहज धारण किया लेकिन अगले वर्ष सीजन में वही आयें जो क्रोध नहीं करे . brahmcharya vrat tō sabhī nē bahut sahaj dhāraṇ kiyā lēkin aglē varṣh season mē̃ vahī āyē̃ jō krōdh nahī̃ karē . brahmcharya[x] vrat[x] tō sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] bahut sahaj[adj.] dhāraṇ karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] season mē̃[postp.] vahī ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.23] . celibacy fast then all ∅ very easy adopt[past-part.m.sg.d.] but next year season in this come[opt.pl.12hon3] that anger not do[opt.sg.23] .
323All of you have adopted the vow of celibacy very well, but next year, only those who do not get angry should come in the season. 324Is this possible or will you fail?
264ये हो सकता है कि फेल हो जायेंगे ? yē hō saktā hai ki fail hō jāyēṅgē ? yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ki[conj.] fail hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ? this be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] that fail be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ?
325You will speak the truth, will you not?
265बोलेंगे तो सच ना . bōlē̃gē tō sach nā . bōlnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō sach[adj.] nā . speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then of truth ∅ . 266तो ऑटोमेटिकली सीजन कम हो जायेगी . tō automatically season kam hō jāyēgī . tō automatically season kam hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . then x season decrease .
326And so, automatically, the numbers for the season will be reduced.
267ऐसा करें ? aisā karē̃ ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? such do[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
327Should we do this?
268फॉर्म में सिर्फ ब्रह्मचर्य व्रत का नहीं लिखना , कि 6 मास से या 6 वर्ष से ब्रह्मचर्य में रहे , लेकिन क्रोध कितने समय से नहीं किया ? form mē̃ sirph brahmcharya vrat kā nahī̃ likhnā , ki 6 mās sē yā 6 varṣh sē brahmcharya mē̃ rahē , lēkin krōdh kitnē samay sē nahī̃ kiyā ? form mē̃[postp.] sirph[adj.] brahmcharya[x] vrat[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , ki[conj.] 6 mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yā 6 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] brahmcharya[x] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , lēkin krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? form in only celibacy fast of not write[inf.m.sg.d.] , that 6 (month|x) from or 6 year from celibacy in (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , but anger so time from not do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
328On your form, you will not only have to write about celibacy for six months or six years, but for how long you have not been angry. 329Should you keep a strict eye on anger? 330What do you think? 331You are not saying yes or no.
269क्रोध पर कड़ी नजर रखना . krōdh par kaṛī najar rakhnā . krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kaṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . anger (at|other) severe glance keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
332You are still thinking about it.
270क्या समझते हैं ? kyā samajhtē haĩ ? kyā samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? what understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
333Do you like this?
271पसन्द है ? pasand hai ? pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? love be[pres.sg.23] ?
334Do the Pandavs agree?
272पाण्डवों को पसन्द है ? pāṇḍavō̃ kō pasand hai ? pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? Pandava to love be[pres.sg.23] ?
335Do those who are on the couches agree?
273देखो नाम तो आउट हो जायेगा-क्यों नहीं सीजन में आये ! dēkhō nām tō out hō jāyēgā-kyō̃ nahī̃ season mē̃ āyē ! dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō out hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] x nahī̃[neg] season mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] ! see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] name then out (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) x not season in (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) !
336Your names will then be announced: "Why did this one not come this season?"
274तो मातायें बोलो , टीचर्स बोलो-करें ? tō mātāyē̃ bōlō , teachers bōlō-karē̃ ? tō mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , teacher x ? then mother speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , teacher x ?
337Should we do this? 338Mothers, speak! 339Teachers, speak!
275हाँ जी बोलो . hā̃ jī bōlō . hā̃ jī[x] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . yes speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
340Should we do this?
276टीचर्स को भी आने को नहीं मिलेगा ! teachers kō bhī ānē kō nahī̃ milēgā ! teacher kō[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! teacher to too (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) to not receive[fut.m.sg.23] !
341Say Ha ji. 342Even the teachers will not be able to come.
277कोई भी होगा , चाहे महारथी हो , चाहे प्यादा हो , चाहे घोड़े सवार हो-मधुबन वाले कहेंगे हम तो मधुबन में होंगे , लेकिन उन्हों को सामने नहीं बिठायेंगे . kōī bhī hōgā , chāhē mahārathī hō , chāhē pyādā hō , chāhē ghōṛē savār hō-madhuban vālē kahē̃gē ham tō madhuban mē̃ hōṅgē , lēkin unhō̃ kō sāmnē nahī̃ biṭhāyēṅgē . kōī bhī[x] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] pyādā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] ghōṛā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] savār[adj.] x vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , lēkin vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] sāmnē nahī̃[neg] biṭhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . anyone be[fut.m.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) maharathi (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) infantry (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) horse x x those who say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] we then Madhuban in be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , but that to x not x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
343No matter who it is, whether a maharathi, part of the cavalry or the infantry, no one will be allowed to come. 344Those from Madhuban will say that they are in Madhuban anyway, but they will not be allowed to sit in front of Baba.
278टी . वी . में जाकर देखें , सुने . T . we|V . mē̃ jākar dēkhē̃ , sunē . T . we|V . mē̃[postp.] jānā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , sunnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sunnā[opt.sg.23] . x . (x) . in go[abs.] see[opt.pl.12hon3] , (listen[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|listen[opt.sg.23]) .
345They can go and listen and watch on the T.V.
279ये इन्सल्ट तो है ना . yē insult tō hai nā . yah[pn.pl.d.] insult tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . this insult then be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
346This is also an insult, is it not?
280किसलिये सामने नहीं आये ! kisaliyē sāmnē nahī̃ āyē ! x sāmnē nahī̃[neg] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] ! x x not (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) !
347Why did they not come in front of Baba?
281तो मधुबन वालों को पक्का कंगन बांधना पड़ेगा . tō madhuban vālō̃ kō pakkā kaṅgan bāndhnā paṛēgā . tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaṅgan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāndhnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . then Madhuban those who to firm bracelet tie[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
348So those from Madhuban will have to tie a very firm bracelet.
282पहले मधुबन वाले हाँ करते हैं ? pahlē madhuban vālē hā̃ kartē haĩ ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hā̃ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? (x|firstly) Madhuban those who yes do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
349First of all, are those from Madhuban saying yes?
283पहले मधुबन करेगा . pahlē madhuban karēgā . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] . (x|firstly) Madhuban do[fut.m.sg.23] .
350First, Madhuban has to do this.
284ऐसे नहीं , दूसरे कहें कि पहले मधुबन को तो देखो , ये अच्छा नहीं . aisē nahī̃ , dūsrē kahē̃ ki pahlē madhuban kō tō dēkhō , yē achchhā nahī̃ . aisē nahī̃[x] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.pl.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . it isn't that , other say[opt.pl.12hon3] that (x|firstly) Madhuban to then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , this achcha not .
351It should not be that this happens in Madhuban and then others say: Look at Madhuban. 352This is not good.
285अच्छा , सभी तैयार हो ? achchhā , sabhī taiyār hō ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sab[adv.hī] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? achcha , all x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
353Will those from the Hospital do this?
286जो सोचे कि नहीं , बहुत मुश्किल है तो वो खड़े हो जाओ . jō sōchē ki nahī̃ , bahut muśhkil hai tō vō khaṛē hō jāō . jō[pn.;d.] sōchnā[opt.sg.23]|sōchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] nahī̃[neg] , bahut muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō vah[pn.;d.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . that (think[opt.sg.23]|think[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that not , very difficult be[pres.sg.23] then that standing be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . 287क्योंकि पीछे वालों का हाथ दिखाई नहीं देता . kyōṅki pīchhē vālō̃ kā hāth dikhāī nahī̃ dētā . kyōṅki pīchhē vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|dikhānā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . because x those who of hand (x|x[past-part.f.]) not give[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
354Achcha, are all of you ready? 355Those who think that this is very difficult, stand up, because the hands of those who are sitting at the back are not visible.
288कहेंगे कि हमने तो हाथ उठाया ही नहीं था . kahē̃gē ki hamnē tō hāth uṭhāyā hī nahī̃ thā . kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.nē] tō hāth uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.m.sg] . say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that we[.nē] then raise your hands only not be[past.m.sg] .
356They would then say: We did not raise our hands.
289तो दादियाँ बताओ-करें ? tō dādiyā̃ batāō-karē̃ ? tō dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] x ? then Dadi x ?
357Dadis speak! 358Should we do this?
290अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha !
359Achcha.
291देखो , सभी हाँ हाँ कर रहे हो फिर कल से सोचना शुरू नहीं करना कि ये क्या हो गया ! dēkhō , sabhī hā̃ hā̃ kar rahē hō phir kal sē sōchnā śhurū nahī̃ karnā ki yē kyā hō gayā ! dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sab[adv.hī] hā̃ hā̃ karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] kal sē[postp.] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ! see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , all yes yes do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] (then|turn[root]) x from think[inf.m.sg.d.] beginning not do[inf.m.sg.d.] that this what be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] !
360Look! 361All of you are saying yes today, but tomorrow, do not start thinking about what happened.
292अन्तर्मुखता से मुख को बन्द कर देना . antarmukhtā sē mukh kō band kar dēnā . antarmukhtā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] band[adj.] karnā[root] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x from mouth to closed do[root] give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
362With introversion, keep your mouth shut.
293मुख खुलेगा तब तो क्रोध होगा ना . mukh khulēgā tab tō krōdh hōgā nā . mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] khulnā[fut.m.sg.23] tab tō krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . mouth open up[fut.m.sg.23] for only then then anger be[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .
363Only when you open your mouth would there be anger.
294तो इस सीजन में क्रोध मुक्त आत्माओं का मेला होगा . tō is season mē̃ krōdh mukt ātmāō̃ kā mēlā hōgā . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] season mē̃[postp.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mukt[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēlā[x] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then this season in anger free soul of fair be[fut.m.sg.23] .
364So next season, there will be a mela of those souls who are free from anger.
295पसन्द है ना ? pasand hai nā ? pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
365Do you all like this?
296अच्छा फिर भी बापदादा समझते हैं कि कइयों के संस्कार बहुत पक्के हैं , रिवाजी बोल भी बोलेंगे तो लगता ऐसे है जैसे क्रोध करते हैं . achchhā phir bhī bāpdādā samajhtē haĩ ki kaiyō̃ kē|K saṅskār bahut pakkē haĩ , rivājī bōl bhī bōlē̃gē tō lagtā aisē hai jaisē krōdh kartē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phir bhī[x] bāpdādā samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] kaī kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] bahut pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , rivājī[adj.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bōlnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha nevertheless BapDada understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that some (of|K) sanskar very firm be[pres.pl.12hon3] , x (speak[root]|x) too speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] such be[pres.sg.23] like anger do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
366You agree. 367BapDada understands that some have very strong sanskars, and that even when they are speaking ordinary words, it seems like they are getting angry.
297बोल ऐसा है , आदत पड़ गई है . bōl aisā hai , ādat paṛ gaī hai . bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ādat[n.f.;sg.] paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . (speak[root]|x) such be[pres.sg.23] , habit fall[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
368Their words are such because it has become their habit.
298इसीलिये अभी जब तक सीजन शुरू हो तब तक के लिये अगर कभी गलती से क्रोध हो भी गया ना तो तीन बारी माफ करेंगे . isīliyē abhī jab tak season śhurū hō tab tak kē|K liyē agar kabhī galatī|galtī sē krōdh hō bhī gayā nā tō tīn bārī māph karē̃gē . isliē ab[adv.hī] jab tak[x] season śhurū hōnā[root] tab tak[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] agar kabhī[adv.] galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] sē[postp.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] bhī[p.] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā tō tīn[adj.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] māph[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . therefore now as long as season x x (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] if ever (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) from anger (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) too go[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ then x x x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
369Therefore, until the season begins, if you become angry by mistake, you will be forgiven three times. 370You are allowed this three times.
299तीन बार छुट्टी है . tīn bār chhuṭṭī hai . tīn[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x time permission be[pres.sg.23] .
371(Everyone clapped.)
300 ( सभी ने तालियां बजाई ) अच्छा तीन बार छुट्टियाँ चाहिये तभी तालियाँ बजाई . ( sabhī nē tāliyā̃ bajāī ) achchhā tīn bār chhuṭṭiyā̃ chāhiyē tabhī tāliyā̃ bajāī . ( sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bajānā[past-part.f.] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tīn[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] chāhiē tabhī tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bajānā[past-part.f.] . ( all ∅ clapping play[past-part.f.] ) achcha x time permission should x clapping play[past-part.f.] .
372Is it that you want permission to get angry three times that you clapped? 373BapDada just had a trial.
301बापदादा ने तो ट्रायल की , फेल हो गये . bāpdādā nē tō trial kī|key , fail hō gayē . bāpdādā nē[postp.] tō trial kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key , fail hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . BapDada ∅ then try (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) , fail be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
374You all failed. 375Say: We will definitely do this.
302कहो , हम करके दिखायेंगे , विजय प्राप्त करके दिखायेंगे , ये बोलो . kahō , ham karkē dikhāyēṅgē , vijay prāpt karkē dikhāyēṅgē , yē bōlō . kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ham[pn.pl.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.pl.d.] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , we do[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , victory reached do[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , this speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
376We will definitely be victorious. 377This is what you should say. 378There should be some newness.
303कुछ तो नवीनता होनी चाहिये ना ! kuchh tō navīntā hōnī chāhiyē nā ! kuchh tō navīntā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[.oblig3] nā ! anything then newness be[.oblig3] ∅ !
379It is the same form that comes: Did you eat outside? 380Did you observe celibacy?
304वही फॉर्म आते हैं-खाना खाया , नहीं खाया ? vahī form ātē haĩ-khānā khāyā , nahī̃ khāyā ? vahī form ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x khānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , nahī̃[neg] khānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? this form come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x eat[past-part.m.sg.d.] , not eat[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
381Now, we shall change the form. 382You like newness, do you not?
305ब्रह्मचर्य में रहे , नहीं रहे ? brahmcharya mē̃ rahē , nahī̃ rahē ? brahmcharya[x] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , nahī̃[neg] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ? celibacy in (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , not (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ?
383Even the teachers will have to stay within these disciplines.
306अभी फॉर्म चेंज करेंगे . abhī form change karē̃gē . ab[adv.hī] form change karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . now form change do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
384Teachers will not be given mercy in this.
307नवीनता पसन्द है ना ? navīntā pasand hai nā ? navīntā[n.f.;sg.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? newness love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ? 308टीचर्स को भी नियम में रहना पड़ेगा . teachers kō bhī niyam mē̃ rahnā paṛēgā . teacher kō[postp.] bhī[p.] niyam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . teacher to too law in remain[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
385Students will be allowed three times and teachers will be allowed two times.
309टीचर्स को रियायत नहीं करेंगे . teachers kō riyāyat nahī̃ karē̃gē . teacher kō[postp.] riyāyat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . teacher to x not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 310स्टूडेन्ट्स को तीन बार तो टीचर्स को दो बार . students kō tīn bār tō teachers kō dō bār . student kō[postp.] tīn[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] tō teacher kō[postp.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] . student to x time then teacher to (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) time .
386To the Pandavs:Achcha, now, Pandavs who are part of the couple of a household, raise your hands!
311पाण्डवों से - पाण्डव क्या कमाल करके दिखायेंगे ? pāṇḍavō̃ sē - pāṇḍav kyā kamāl karkē dikhāyēṅgē ? pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] - pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? Pandava from - Pandava what x do[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
387So what will the Pandavs do? 388What wonders will you show?
312पाण्डव गाये जाते हैं - विजयी पाण्डव . pāṇḍav gāyē jātē haĩ - vijayī pāṇḍav . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive] - vijayī[adj.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] . Pandava (sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) - victorious Pandava .
389Pandavs are remembered as the victorious Pandavs.
313कोई भी पाण्डव नाम लेंगे तो पाण्डवों की दो बातें सामने आती हैं एक बाप के साथी और दूसरा पाण्डव अर्थात् विजयी , तो जो भी पाण्डव हैं वो सभी ये संकल्प करो कि किसी भी बात में हार नहीं खानी है . kōī bhī pāṇḍav nām lē̃gē tō pāṇḍavō̃ kī dō bātē̃ sāmnē ātī haĩ ēk bāp kē|K sāthī aur dūsrā pāṇḍav arthāt vijayī , tō jō bhī pāṇḍav haĩ vō sabhī yē saṅkalp karō ki kisī bhī bāt mē̃ hār nahī̃ khānī hai . kōī bhī[x] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+dēnā] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sāmnē ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ēk[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt vijayī[adj.] , tō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] sab[adv.hī] yah[pn.pl.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] khānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . anyone Pandava name take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then Pandava do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+dēnā] matter x come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] one father (of|K) companion and other Pandava that is victorious , then that too Pandava be[pres.pl.12hon3] that all this thought do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that (some|anything) too matter in (x[root]|x) not eat[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 314सदा विजयी . sadā vijayī . sadā vijayī[adj.] . constantly victorious .
390Whenever anyone mentions the Pandavs, two things of the Pandavs appear, One is: to be the companions of the Father. 391And the other is: Pandav means victorious. 392All of you who are Pandavs should have the thought that you must not be defeated in anything; that you must constantly be victorious.
315और निश्चय रखो विजयी माला में मुझ पाण्डव का ही पार्ट है . aur niśhchay rakhō vijayī mālā mē̃ mujh pāṇḍav kā hī part hai . aur niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vijayī[adj.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.o.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and faith keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] victorious garland in I Pandava of only part be[pres.sg.23] .
393And you must have the faith that you Pandavs have a part in the rosary of victory.
316विजयी रत्न हूँ . vijayī ratna hū̃ . vijayī[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . victorious jewel be[pres.sg.1] . 317सदा अमृतवेले अपने मस्तक पर विजय का तिलक रोज रिफ्रेशकरो और अमृतवेले से लेकर अपने मस्तक पर विजय का तिलक इमर्ज रूप में देखो . sadā amr̥itvēlē apnē mastak par vijay kā tilak rōj riphrēśakarō aur amr̥itvēlē sē lēkar apnē mastak par vijay kā tilak emerge rūp mē̃ dēkhō . sadā amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] rōz x aur amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . constantly amrit vela one’s own forehead (at|other) victory of tilak day x and amrit vela from take[abs.] one’s own forehead (at|other) victory of tilak emerge Rup in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
394"I am a victorious jewel, I am a victorious jewel." 395Every day at amrit vela, freshen the tilak of victory on your forehead. 396From amrit vela, see the tilak of victory on your forehead in an emerged form.
318ऐसे नहीं , मैं तो हूँ ही . aisē nahī̃ , maĩ tō hū̃ hī . aisē nahī̃[x] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.1] hī[p.] . it isn't that , I then be[pres.sg.1] only .
397Do not think: I am this anyway.
319नहीं … . nahī̃ … . nahī̃[neg] … . not … .
398No.
320अगर हूँ तो सारे दिन में विजय प्राप्त की या नहीं की-ये चेक करो . agar hū̃ tō sārē din mē̃ vijay prāpt kī yā nahī̃ kī-yē check karō . agar hōnā[pres.sg.1] tō sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt karnā[past-part.f.] yā nahī̃[neg] x check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . if be[pres.sg.1] then the whole day in victory reach or not x check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
399If you are this, then check: Did you attain victory throughout the day or not?
321तो पाण्डव अर्थात् विजयी . tō pāṇḍav arthāt vijayī . tō pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt vijayī[adj.] . then Pandava that is victorious .
400To be a Pandav means to be victorious.
322टीचर्स से - टीचर्स क्या करेंगी ? teachers sē - teachers kyā karē̃gī ? teacher sē[postp.] - teacher kyā karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ? teacher from - teacher what do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ?
401To the teachers:Achcha, what will the teachers do?
323टीचर्स ने मेहनत तो की , बसें भर भर कर लाई . teachers nē mēhnat tō kī|key , basē̃ bhar bhar kar lāī . teacher nē[postp.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] tō kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key , basnā[opt.pl.12hon3] bharnā[root] bharnā[root] karnā[root] lānā[past-part.f.] . teacher ∅ effort then (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) , x[opt.pl.12hon3] fill[root] fill[root] do[root] x[past-part.f.] .
402Teachers have made a lot of effort. 403You have brought buses full.
324तो टीचर्स क्या कमाल करेंगी ? tō teachers kyā kamāl karē̃gī ? tō teacher kyā kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ? then teacher what x do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ?
404So what wonder will the teachers perform?
325टीचर्स को विशेष ये लक्ष्य रखना है कि सदा हर परिस्थिति में , परिस्थिति बदले लेकिन स्थिति नहीं बदले . teachers kō viśhēṣh yē lakṣhya rakhnā hai ki sadā har|her paristhiti mē̃ , paristhiti badlē|badalē lēkin sthiti nahī̃ badlē|badalē . teacher kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ki[conj.] sadā harnā[root]|har|her paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] badlē|badalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|badalnā[opt.sg.23] lēkin sthiti[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] badlē|badalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|badalnā[opt.sg.23] . teacher to special this aim keep[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that constantly (x[root]|x) circumstances in , circumstances (x|change[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|change[opt.sg.23]) but stage not (x|change[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|change[opt.sg.23]) .
405Teachers should keep the special aim that no matter what the circumstances are, they may change, but your stage will not change.
326स्थिति सदाखज़ानों से सम्पन्न हो और सन्तुष्ट रहे . sthiti sadākhazānō̃ sē sampann hō aur santuṣhṭ rahē . sthiti[n.f.;sg.] x sē[postp.] sampann[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . stage x from full (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and content (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
406Your stage should constantly be full of all treasures and you remain content.
327परिस्थिति आयेगी और चली जायेगी . paristhiti āyēgī aur chalī jāyēgī . paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] aur chalnā[fut.f.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[fut.f.sg.23.passive] . circumstances come[fut.f.sg.23] and (continue[fut.f.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|continue[fut.f.sg.23.passive]) .
407Circumstances will come and go.
328लेकिन परिस्थिति की क्या शक्ति है जो आपकी सन्तुष्टता को ले जाये . lēkin paristhiti kī|key kyā śhakti hai jō āpkī santuṣhṭatā kō lē jāyē . lēkin paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key kyā śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kī] santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] lē jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . but circumstances (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) what Shakti be[pres.sg.23] that you[.kī] contentment to carry .
408But what power do the circumstances have that they take your contentment with them?
329तो परिस्थिति का खेल भले देखो लेकिन साक्षीपन , सन्तुष्टता की सीट पर बैठकर देखो . tō paristhiti kā khēl bhalē dēkhō lēkin sākṣhīpan , santuṣhṭatā kī|key seat par baiṭhkar dēkhō . tō paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin sākṣhīpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[abs.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then circumstances of (play|play[root]) benefit see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but being a detached observer , contentment (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) seat (at|other) sit[abs.] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
409You may observe the games of the circumstances, but observe them whilst being seated on the seat of being a contented and detached observer.
330तो टीचर्स अर्थात् सदा सम्पन्न और सन्तुष्ट . tō teachers arthāt sadā sampann aur santuṣhṭ . tō teacher arthāt sadā sampann[adj.] aur santuṣhṭ[adj.] . then teacher that is constantly full and content .
410So, a teacher means one who is constantly full and content.
331टीचर्स का टाइटल है सन्तुष्टमणियाँ . teachers kā title hai santuṣhṭamaṇiyā̃ . teacher kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] title hōnā[pres.sg.23] santuṣhṭamaṇi[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] . teacher of title be[pres.sg.23] jewel of contentment .
411The title for the teachers is: The jewels of contentment.
332ऐसे हैं ना ? aisē haĩ nā ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ? such be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ ?
412It is like this, is it not?
333सदा सन्तुष्टमणि . sadā santuṣhṭamaṇi . sadā santuṣhṭamaṇi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . constantly jewel of contentment .
413Constantly, a jewel of contentment.
334मधुबन निवासियों से - मधुबन वाले क्या करेंगे ? madhuban nivāsiyō̃ sē - madhuban vālē kyā karē̃gē ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] - madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? Madhuban resident from - Madhuban those who what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
414To the Madhuban niwasis: What will those from Madhuban do?
335मधुबन वालों को बापदादा सेवा की मुबारक सदा दिल से पदमगुणा देते हैं , अब भी दे रहे हैं . madhuban vālō̃ kō bāpdādā sēvā kī|key mubārak sadā dil sē padamguṇā dētē haĩ , ab bhī dē rahē haĩ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] sadā dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ab[adv.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . Madhuban those who to BapDada service (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations constantly heart from multimillion-fold give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , now too give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
415BapDada constantly gives multimillionfold congratulations from His heart to the Madhuban niwasis for their service. 416Baba is also giving it now.
336अब मधुबन वालों को आगे क्या करना है ? ab madhuban vālō̃ kō āgē kyā karnā hai ? ab[adv.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] āgē kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? now Madhuban those who to previously what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
417What do the Madhuban niwasis have to do now, for the future?
337विशेष ये पाठ पक्का करना है कि मधुबन निवासी हर कर्म में , हर संकल्प में विशेष हीरो पार्टधारी हैं . viśhēṣh yē pāṭh pakkā karnā hai ki madhuban nivāsī har|her karma mē̃ , har|her saṅkalp mē̃ viśhēṣh hero part-dhārī haĩ . viśhēṣh[adj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ki[conj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , harnā[root]|har|her saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] hero part-dhārī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . special this lesson firm do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that Madhuban resident (x[root]|x) deed in , (x[root]|x) thought in special hero actor be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
418You have to make this lesson firm: A Madhuban niwasi is a special hero actor in every action and every thought. 419You are a hero actor in every thought, word and action on the stage of the world, not on the Madhuban stage.
338मधुबन की स्टेज पर नहीं , लेकिन विश्व की स्टेज पर संकल्प , बोल और कर्म में हीरो पार्टधारी . madhuban kī|key stage par nahī̃ , lēkin viśhva kī|key stage par saṅkalp , bōl aur karma mē̃ hero part-dhārī . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] , lēkin viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hero part-dhārī[x] . Madhuban (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) stage (at|other) not , but world (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) stage (at|other) thought , (speak[root]|x) and deed in hero actor .
420Everyone's vision is on the hero actor, even against their conscious wish; when a hero actor fluctuates even a little, there is a lot of upheaval, whereas if he does something good, there is a lot of praise.
339तो हीरो एक्टर के ऊपर न चाहते भी सबकी नजर होती है और हीरो एक्टर थोड़ा भी नीचे ऊपर करता है तो हाहाकार हो जाता है . tō hero actor kē ūpar na chāhtē bhī sabkī najar hōtī hai aur hero actor thōṛā bhī nīchē ūpar kartā hai tō hāhākār hō jātā hai . tō hero actor kē ūpar[x] na[neg] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur hero actor thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] nīchē ūpar karnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō hāhākār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . then hero actor over not x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too everyone's glance be[pres.sg.f.23] and hero actor short too down over do[pres.sg.m.23] then cries of sorrow be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
421Madhuban niwasis are those who constantly stay with the Zero and play a hero part. 422Madhuban includes everyone: the Hospital, Gyan Sarovar, Talheti; all the eight arms are included in this.
340और अच्छा करता है तो वाह वाह हो जाती है . aur achchhā kartā hai tō vāh vāh hō jātī hai . aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō vāh vāh hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . and achcha do[pres.sg.m.23] then wah! wah! be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
423Do you understand? 424Everyone has so much love for you when they hear the name, "Madhuban niwasis".
341तो मधुबन वाले जीरो के साथ रहने वाले सदा हीरो पार्ट बजाने वाले . tō madhuban vālē zero kē sāth rahnē vālē sadā hero part bajānē vālē . tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] zero kē sāth[x] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sadā hero part[n.m.;sg.,d.] bajānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . then Madhuban those who zero with remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who constantly hero part play[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
425Wherever you go, when they ask, "Where have you come from?", you are Madhuban niwasis.
342मधुबन में सब आ गये , हॉस्पिटल भी आ गई तो ज्ञान सरोकर भी आ गया , तलहटी भी आ गई , सब आ गये , जो भी आठ भुजायें हैं सब आ गये . madhuban mē̃ sab ā gayē , hospital bhī ā gaī tō gyān sarōkar bhī ā gayā , talahṭī bhī ā gaī , sab ā gayē , jō bhī āṭh bhujāyē̃ haĩ sab ā gayē . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adj.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , hospital bhī[p.] ānā[past-part.f..root+jānā] tō gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] x bhī[p.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , talahṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] ānā[past-part.f..root+jānā] , sab[adj.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] āṭh[adj.] bhujā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] sab[adj.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . Madhuban in all come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , hospital too come[past-part.f..root+jānā] then knowledge x too come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , x too come[past-part.f..root+jānā] , all come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , that too eight arm be[pres.pl.12hon3] all come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
426Just as Baba of Madhuban is very well known, in the same way, Madhuban niwasis are also very well known. 427You think about yourselves in this way, do you not?
343समझा ? samjhā ? samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] ? (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) ?
428It is good.
344मधुबन निवासी नाम सुनकर सब कितना आपको प्यार करते हैं , कहाँ भी चले जाओ , कहाँ से आये हैं ? madhuban nivāsī nām sunkar sab kitnā āpkō pyār kartē haĩ , kahā̃ bhī chalē jāō , kahā̃ sē āyē haĩ ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[abs.] sab[adj.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kahā̃ bhī[p.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.passive] , kahā̃ sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? Madhuban resident name listen[abs.] all so you[.kō] love do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , where too (continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+jānā]|continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.passive]) , where from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
429The Madhuban niwasis at least have this intoxication. 430Achcha, has the mela been free from obstacles? 431Tomorrow, the departure mela will begin.
345मधुबन वाले हैं . madhuban vālē haĩ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Madhuban those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
432The mela of celebrating a meeting has now finished.
346जैसे मधुबन वाला बाबा मशहूर है ऐसे मधुबन वाले भी मशहूर हैं . jaisē madhuban vālā bābā maśhhūr hai aisē madhuban vālē bhī maśhhūr haĩ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bābā maśhhūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] maśhhūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . like Madhuban those who Baba x be[pres.sg.23] such Madhuban those who too x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
433Now, there will be the departure mela. 434Look, what can you not do? 435You are able to do whatever you wish.
347ऐसे समझते हो ना ! aisē samajhtē hō nā ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! such understand[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
436You have seen it, have you not?
348अच्छा है , नशा तो है मधुबन वालों को . achchhā hai , naśhā tō hai madhuban vālō̃ kō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , intoxication then be[pres.sg.23] Madhuban those who to .
437Those who were hearing of this were wondering: What will happen?
349अच्छा , मेला निर्विघ्न हो गया ? achchhā , mēlā nirvighna hō gayā ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , mēlā[x] nirvighna[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ? achcha , fair free from obstacles be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ?
438How will it happen? 439And what do they say now?
350कल तो चलाचली का मेला शुरू होगा . kal tō chalāchalī kā mēlā śhurū hōgā . kal tō chalāchalī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēlā[x] śhurū hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . x then time for the gathering to go back of fair x .
440This is nothing. 441This is now something common.
351मिलन का मेला समाप्त हो गया , अभी चलाचली का मेला होगा . milan kā mēlā samāpt hō gayā , abhī chalāchalī kā mēlā hōgā . milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēlā[x] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , ab[adv.hī] chalāchalī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēlā[x] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . meeting of fair finished be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , now time for the gathering to go back of fair be[fut.m.sg.23] .
442Or, did those from Gujarat have to make a lot of effort? 443Did you have to work hard? 444No.
352देखो , क्या नहीं आप कर सकते हो ! dēkhō , kyā nahī̃ āp kar saktē hō ! dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kyā nahī̃[neg] āp[pn.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ! see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , what not you do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] !
445You enjoyed it. 446You carried out a task worthy of receiving a prize.
353जो चाहे वो कर सकते हो ! jō chāhē vō kar saktē hō ! jō[pn.;d.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ! that (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) that do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ! 354देख लिया ना ! dēkh liyā nā ! dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] nā ! see[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] ∅ !
447BapDada is giving Gujarat the prize of love and remembrances from His heart.
355जो सुन करके समझते थे पता नहीं क्या होगा , कैसे होगा … ? jō sun karkē samajhtē thē patā nahī̃ kyā hōgā , kaisē hōgā … ? jō[pn.;d.] sunnā[root] karnā[abs.] samajhnā[hab-past.pl.m.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] … ? that listen[root] do[abs.] understand[hab-past.pl.m.] knowledge not what be[fut.m.sg.23] , how be[fut.m.sg.23] … ? 356और अभी क्या कहते हैं ? aur abhī kyā kahtē haĩ ? aur ab[adv.hī] kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? and now what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
448Those mothers who must have been rolling the chapatis from morning till night, your hands must be tired.
357ये तो कुछ भी नहीं है . yē tō kuchh bhī nahī̃ hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] tō kuchh bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this then anything not be[pres.sg.23] . 358अभी ये कॉमन हो गया ना ! abhī yē common hō gayā nā ! ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.pl.d.] common hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā ! now this x be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ !
449BapDada is massaging the arms of such serviceable mothers.
359कि गुजरात वालों को बहुत मेहनत लगी ? ki gujarāt vālō̃ kō bahut mēhnat lagī ? ki[conj.] gujarāt vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] lagnā[past-part.f.] ? that Gujarat those who to very effort x[past-part.f.] ?
450In sitting here, they would be sitting so far away.
360मेहनत करनी पड़ी ? mēhnat karnī paṛī ? mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f..oblig2] ? effort do[past-part.f..oblig2] ?
451Are they making chapatis even now?
361नहीं , अच्छा लगा . nahī̃ , achchhā lagā . nahī̃[neg] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . not , achcha (x|attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
452Do they not come to listen to the murli?
362प्राइज मिलने योग्य कार्य किया है . prize milnē yōgya kārya kiyā hai . prize milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] yōgya[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . prize receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] worthy task do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
453Are they here in the gathering now? 454Those who make the chapatis, stand up!
363बापदादा दिल के याद प्यार की प्राइज गुजरात को दे रहे हैं . bāpdādā dil kē|K yād pyār kī|key prize gujarāt kō dē rahē haĩ . bāpdādā dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K yād[n.f.;sg.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key prize gujarāt kō[postp.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada heart (of|K) remembrance love (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) prize Gujarat to give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
455Yes, you may clap a lot more. 456Even those who cut the vegetables. 457Those who cut the vegetables, stand up.
364अच्छा , इसमें जो मातायें सवेरे से लेकर रोटी बनाती हैं , हाथ थक जाते होंगे , तो बाप दादा दोनों ऐसे सेवाधारी माताओं के बाहों की मसाज कर रहे हैं . achchhā , ismē̃ jō mātāyē̃ savērē sē lēkar rōṭī banātī haĩ , hāth thak jātē hōṅgē , tō bāp dādā dōnō̃ aisē sēvādhārī mātāō̃ kē|K bāhō̃ kī|key masāj kar rahē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] jō[pn.;d.] mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] savērē sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] rōṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] banānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] thaknā, phathaknā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dādā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dōnō̃ aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bā̃h[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key x karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . achcha , this[.mē̃] that mother in the morning from take[abs.] roti create[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , hand become desperate[root] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , then father Dada x such server mother (of|K) arm (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
458The most difficult task is to cook the chapatis: in such hot weather to stand beside the gas for so many hours and cook the chapatis. 459Those who cooked the chapatis, stand up. 460There are also Pandavs in this. 461Congratulations, congratulations.
365रोटी बनाने वाले खड़े हो जाओ . rōṭī banānē vālē khaṛē hō jāō . rōṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . roti create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who standing be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . 366हाँ , बहुत ताली बजाओ . hā̃ , bahut tālī bajāō . hā̃ , bahut tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . yes , very clapping play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
462If there weren't the people to eat them, what would these people do?
367सब्जी काटने वाले भी हैं . sabjī kāṭnē vālē bhī haĩ . sabjī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kāṭnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . vegetable bite[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who too be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 368सब्जी काटने वाले उठो . sabjī kāṭnē vālē uṭhō . sabjī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kāṭnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . vegetable bite[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
463There is this beauty and splendour because of all those who eat this.
369सबसे मुश्किल काम जो है वो है गर्मीमें इतना समय गैस के आगे ठहरकर रोटी पकाना . sabsē muśhkil kām jō hai vō hai garmīmē̃ itnā samay gas kē āgē ṭhaharkar rōṭī pakānā . sabsē muśhkil[adj.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] x itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] gas kē āgē[x] ṭhaharnā[abs.] rōṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pakānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . the most difficult (lust|task) that be[pres.sg.23] that be[pres.sg.23] x such time gas in front of stay[abs.] roti x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
464Just as the bells are rung in the temples, anyone who goes to a temple rings the bell, so in this mela, there are the bells of the dishes.
370तो मुबारक हो , मुबारक . tō mubārak hō , mubārak . tō mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . then congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations .
465It is a very good scene.
371खाने वाले नहीं होते तो ये क्या करते ! khānē vālē nahī̃ hōtē tō yē kyā kartē ! khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō yah[pn.pl.d.] kyā karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ! (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then this what do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] !
466When the dishes are being washed, many bells are rung of the dishes.
372देखो खाने वालों से ही तो रौनक है . dēkhō khānē vālō̃ sē hī tō raunak hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] tō raunak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who from only then splendour be[pres.sg.23] .
467So, it is the wonder of all those who eat this.
373जैसे मन्दिरों में घण्टे बजते हैं ना , जो जाता है घण्टे बजाता है तो इस मेले में बर्तनों के घण्टे बजते रहते हैं . jaisē mandirō̃ mē̃ ghaṇṭē bajtē haĩ nā , jō jātā hai ghaṇṭē bajātā hai tō is mēlē mē̃ bartanō̃ kē|K ghaṇṭē bajtē rahtē haĩ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mandir[x] mē̃[postp.] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bajnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , jō[pn.;d.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bajānā[pres.sg.m.23] tō yah[pn.sg.o.] mēlā[x] mē̃[postp.] x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bajnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . like temple in hour x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , that go[pres.sg.m.23] hour play[pres.sg.m.23] then this fair in x (of|K) hour x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
468Those from Madhuban have also worked very hard. 469It is Madhuban that has given cooperation to Gujarat. 470You have given a lot of cooperation. 471Everyone has done everything with a lot of love.
374अच्छी सीन होती है , जब बर्तन धुलाई करते हैं ना तो बहुत घण्टे बजते हैं बर्तनों के . achchhī scene hōtī hai , jab bartan dhulāī kartē haĩ nā tō bahut ghaṇṭē bajtē haĩ bartanō̃ kē|K . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] scene hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , jab bartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dhulāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|dhulānā[past-part.f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō bahut ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bajnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . achcha scene be[pres.sg.f.23] , when x (x|have (something) washed[past-part.f.]) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then very hour x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x (of|K) .
472You have done a lot with the determined thought that the mela should be completed without any obstacles. 473Have those from Madhuban given you cooperation or harassed you?
375तो कमाल तो खाने वालों की है ना ! tō kamāl tō khānē vālō̃ kī hai nā ! tō kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā ! then x then (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ !
474Those from Madhuban do not harass anyone, they make everyone happy.
376मधुबन वालों ने भी बहुत मेहनत की . madhuban vālō̃ nē bhī bahut mēhnat kī|key . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] bahut mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key . Madhuban those who ∅ too very effort (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) .
475Are the mothers happy? 476Are the mothers sitting at the back happy?
377गुजरात को भी सहयोग देने वाले तो मधुबन वाले हैं . gujarāt kō bhī sahyōg dēnē vālē tō madhuban vālē haĩ . gujarāt kō[postp.] bhī[p.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Gujarat to too cooperation give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who then Madhuban those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
477Say yes or no. 478Ha ji, we are happy. 479You did everything with great happiness.
378बहुत सहयोग दिया है ना . bahut sahyōg diyā hai nā . bahut sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā . very cooperation give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ .
480BapDada sees everything on the T.V.
379मेला निर्विघ्न समाप्त हो जाये - इस दृढ़ संकल्प से बहुत किया है . mēlā nirvighna samāpt hō jāyē - is dr̥iṛh saṅkalp sē bahut kiyā hai . mēlā[x] nirvighna[adj.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] - yah[pn.sg.o.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bahut karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . fair free from obstacles finished be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] - this determined thought from very do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
481He saw that the pose of no one's face changed a great deal. 482The majority were all right. 483Everyone served with great happiness.
380मधुबन वालों ने सहयोग दिया है ना या तंग किया है ? madhuban vālō̃ nē sahyōg diyā hai nā yā taṅg kiyā hai ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā yā taṅg[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? Madhuban those who ∅ cooperation give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ or x do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? 381मधुबन वाले तंग नहीं करते , सबको खुश करते हैं . madhuban vālē taṅg nahī̃ kartē , sabkō khuśh kartē haĩ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taṅg[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , sabkō khuśh[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Madhuban those who x not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , everything happy do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
484If something did happen a little, then you used the power to tolerate and the power to accommodate very well and therefore, congratulations. 485Achcha, did you feel the heat?
382बापदादा तो टी . वी . में देखते हैं ना , तो ये देखा कि कोई की शक्ल के पोज इस बारी ज्यादा बदली नहीं हुए हैं . bāpdādā tō T . we|V . mē̃ dēkhtē haĩ nā , tō yē dēkhā ki kōī kī|key śhakla kē|K pōj is bārī jyādā badalī|badlī nahī̃ huē haĩ . bāpdādā tō T . we|V . mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , tō yah[pn.pl.d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] kōī[pn.;d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key śhakla[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x yah[pn.sg.o.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] badalnā[past-part.f.]|badlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada then x . (x) . in see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , then this see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that some (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) face (of|K) x this x more (change[past-part.f.]|change) not be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
486Or, were you not even aware of it, because you were moving along with the waves of BapDada's remembrance? 487Do you sleep in the tents or in BapDada's lap? 488You do not sleep in the tents, do you?
383मैजारिटी ठीक रहे हैं , खुशी खुशी से सेवा की है . majority ṭhīk rahē haĩ , khuśhī khuśhī sē sēvā kī hai . majority ṭhīk[adj.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . majority OK remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , happiness happiness from service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
489Even if the tents fly away, it does not matter because you have the lap.
384अगर थोड़ा बहुत हुआ भी है तो सहन शक्ति , समाने की शक्ति अच्छी यूज की है इसलिये मुबारक है . agar thōṛā bahut huā bhī hai tō sahan śhakti , samānē kī|key śhakti achchhī use kī hai isliyē mubārak hai . agar thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō sahan[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , samānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] use karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] isliē mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . if short very be[past-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] then tolerance Shakti , merge[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) Shakti achcha use do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] therefore congratulations be[pres.sg.23] . 385अच्छा , गर्मीलगी ? achchhā , garmīlagī ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , x ? achcha , x ?
490First, you were frightened a little, but now, even the elements have understood that you are not going to be shaken. 491If the roof of the tent flies away, another one will come.
386कि पता ही नहीं पड़ा , आप बापदादा के याद की लहरों में लहरा रहे थे . ki patā hī nahī̃ paṛā , āp bāpdādā kē|K yād kī laharō̃ mē̃ laharā rahē thē . ki[conj.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , āp[pn.pl.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K yād karnā[past-part.f.] lahar[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] laharānā[root] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] . that knowledge only not fall[past-part.m.sg.d.] , you BapDada (of|K) remember wave in hoist[root] remain[past-perf.pl.m.] .
492Achcha, what will the double foreigners do? 493Now, there are few of you. 494You are the longlost and nowfound ones.
387टेन्ट में सोते हो या बापदादा की गोदी में सोते हो ? tent mē̃ sōtē hō yā bāpdādā kī|key gōdī mē̃ sōtē hō ? tent mē̃[postp.] sōnā[pres.pl.m.2] yā bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key gōdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sōnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? x in sleep[pres.pl.m.2] or BapDada (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x in sleep[pres.pl.m.2] ?
495What will you do? 496Double foreigners will constantly make their face a walking, moving museum.
388टेन्ट में तो नहीं ना ! tent mē̃ tō nahī̃ nā ! tent mē̃[postp.] tō nahī̃[neg] nā ! x in then not ∅ ! 389टेन्ट उड़ जाये तो भी कोई हर्जा नहीं , गोदी तो है ना ! tent uṛ jāyē tō bhī kōī harjā nahī̃ , gōdī tō hai nā ! tent uṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō bhī[x] kōī[pn.;d.] harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , gōdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! x fly[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ∅ some x not , x then be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
497When others look at your eyes, from your eyes, they should be able to see the spiritual image of attraction.
390लेकिन पहले थोड़ा डराया अभी प्रकृति भी समझ गई ये हटने वाले नहीं हैं . lēkin pahlē thōṛā ḍarāyā abhī prakr̥iti bhī samajh gaī yē haṭnē vālē nahī̃ haĩ . lēkin pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ḍarānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] prakr̥iti[x] bhī[p.] samajhnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] yah[pn.pl.d.] haṭnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . but (x|firstly) short x[past-part.m.sg.d.] now matter too understand[past-part.f..root+jānā] this move backwards[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
498They should not just see ordinary eyes, but divine eyes. 499And through these divine eyes, Baba, the Dot, should constantly be visible.
391अगर छत उड़ जायेगी तो दूसरी छत आ जायेगी . agar chhat uṛ jāyēgī tō dūsrī chhat ā jāyēgī . agar chhat[n.f.;sg.] uṛnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] tō dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chhat[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . if roof fly[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] then other roof come[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
500Your eyes should become the walking, moving museum.
392अच्छा , डबल विदेशी क्या करेंगे ? achchhā , double vidēśhī kyā karē̃gē ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? achcha , double foreigner what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
501Your forehead should grant the vision of the soul.
393अभी थोड़े हो , सिकीलधे हो . abhī thōṛē hō , sikīladhē hō . ab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , sikīladhē[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . now short (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , beloved, long-lost and now-found (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
502Your lips should teach others how to smile.
394तो डबल विदेशी सदा अपने चेहरे को , सूरत को चलता फिरता म्युजयम बनायेंगे . tō double vidēśhī sadā apnē chēhrē kō , sūrat kō chaltā phirtā myujayam banāyēṅgē . tō double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] , sūrat[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] chalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] phirnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then double foreigner constantly one’s own face to , x to continue[pres-part.m.sg.d.] turn[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
503In this way, the living museums should continue to do service everywhere. 504You are those who will do this, are you not?
395आपके नयनों को कोई देखे तो नयनों द्वाराहर्षित रूहानीआकर्षित मूर्त का चित्र देखे . āpkē nayanō̃ kō kōī dēkhē tō nayanō̃ dvārāharṣit rūhānīākarṣit mūrt kā chitra dēkhē . āp[pn.pl.kē] nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] tō nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] x x mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] . you[.kē] eye to some (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) then eye x x image of picture (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) .
505It is good. 506You have good zeal and enthusiasm. 507And you will constantly continue to move forward with zeal and enthusiasm.
396साधारण नयन नहीं देखे . sādhāraṇ nayan nahī̃ dēkhē . sādhāraṇ[adj.] nayan, nain[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] . ordinary eye not (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) .
508Did the double foreigners enjoy meeting Baba in the mela?
397दिव्य नयन . divya nayan . divya[adj.] nayan, nain[n.m.;sg.,d.] . divine eye . 398जिन दिव्य नयनों में सदा बाप बिन्दु दिखाई दे . jin divya nayanō̃ mē̃ sadā bāp bindu dikhāī dē . jō[pn.pl.o.] divya[adj.] nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] . that divine eye in constantly father point be visible .
509You often see the season of just the foreigners, but you do not get a chance to see such a huge family, and so this was double benefit.
399तो आपके नयन चलताफिरता म्युजियम बन जायें . tō āpkē nayan calatāphiratā museum ban jāyē̃ . tō āp[pn.pl.kē] nayan, nain[n.m.;sg.,d.] x museum bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . then you[.kē] eye x museum become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
510You received a chance to meet BapDada and also the family. 511So you are lucky.
400आपका मस्तक आत्म साक्षात्कार कराये . āpkā mastak ātma sākṣhātkār karāyē . āp[pn.pl.kā] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] sākṣhātkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . you[.kā] forehead soul vision make commit[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
512It is good; the flag is flying. 513The flags should fly.
401आपके ओंठ सर्व को मुस्कराना सिखा दें . āpkē ōṇṭh sarv kō muskarānā sikhā dē̃ . āp[pn.pl.kē] x sarv[adj.] kō[postp.] muskarānā[inf.m.sg.d.] sikhānā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] . you[.kē] x all to smile[inf.m.sg.d.] teach[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
514Achcha. 515Those who are living at the centres in the foreign lands, raise your hands!
402ऐसे चारों ओर चैतन्य म्युजियम अपनी सेवा करते रहें . aisē chārō̃ ōr chaitanya museum apnī sēvā kartē rahē̃ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] chaitanya[n.m.;sg.,d.] museum apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . such everywhere living museum one’s own service do[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
516Teachers living at any centre in the foreign lands, raise your hands fully, not just half!
403करने वाले हो ना ? karnē vālē hō nā ? karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ? do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ? 404अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] . 405उमंग उत्साह तो अच्छा है ही और सदा उमंग उत्साह में आगे बढ़ते रहेंगे . umaṅg utsāh tō achchhā hai hī aur sadā umaṅg utsāh mē̃ āgē baṛhtē rahē̃gē . umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] aur sadā umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . zeal enthusiasm then achcha be[pres.sg.23] only and constantly zeal enthusiasm in previously grow[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
517Achcha, BapDada considers all those in different directions who are instruments for service to be the ones with the elevated fortune of service. 518To receive the fortune to serve is a huge fortune.
406डबल विदेशियों को मेले में मिलने में मजा आया ? double vidēśhiyō̃ kō mēlē mē̃ milnē mē̃ majā āyā ? double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mēlā[x] mē̃[postp.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? double foreigner to fair in receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] in pleasure come[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
519You very easily experience the practical, instant fruit of service.
407सिर्फ विदेश की सीजन तो देखते ही रहते हो लेकिन इतना परिवार तो देखते नहीं हो तो डबल फायदा हो गया . sirph vidēśh kī|key season tō dēkhtē hī rahtē hō lēkin itnā parivār tō dēkhtē nahī̃ hō tō double phāydā hō gayā . sirph[adj.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key season tō dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō double fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . only abroad (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) season then see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only remain[pres.pl.m.2] but such family then see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then double profit be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
520The moment you do service, your stage continues to move forward, but only if you do service altruistically. 521If there is any selfish motive, there is no fruit.
408बापदादा से मिलना हो गया और परिवार से भी मिलना हो गया . bāpdādā sē milnā hō gayā aur parivār sē bhī milnā hō gayā . bāpdādā sē[postp.] milnā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada from receive[pres.pl.2.oblig1] go[past-part.m.sg.d.] and family from too receive[pres.pl.2.oblig1] go[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
522If it is selfless, you receive the fruit of service. 523By being selfish, you do not receive fruit.
409तो लक्की हो . tō lucky hō . tō lucky hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then lucky (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 410अच्छा , फॉरेन के कोई भी सेन्टर्स पर रहने वाले टीचर्स हाथ उठाओ . achchhā , foreign kē|K kōī bhī centres par rahnē vālē teachers hāth uṭhāō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , foreign kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kōī bhī[x] centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] teacher hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha , abroad (of|K) anyone centre (at|other) remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who teacher raise your hands .
524However, all of you are servers, and therefore, you definitely receive the fruit of service. 525The future is nothing.
411जो भी चारों ओर सेवा में निमित्त रहते हैं उन सबको बापदादा श्रेष्ठ सेवा के भाग्यवान समझते हैं . jō bhī chārō̃ ōr sēvā mē̃ nimitt rahtē haĩ un sabkō bāpdādā śhrēṣhṭh sēvā kē|K bhāgyavān samajhtē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] chārō̃ ōr[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] sabkō bāpdādā śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāgyavān[x] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that too everywhere service in instrument remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that everything BapDada elevated service (of|K) fortunate understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
526The instant, practical fruit now gives the soul strength to go into the flying stage. 527This is why BapDada is happy to see the instrument servers.
412सेवा का भाग्य प्राप्त होना ये बहुत बड़ा भाग्य है . sēvā kā bhāgya prāpt hōnā yē bahut baṛā bhāgya hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.pl.d.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . service of x reached be[inf.m.sg.d.] this very very x be[pres.sg.23] . 413सेवा में प्रत्यक्षफल प्राप्त होने का अनुभव बहुत सहज होता है . sēvā mē̃ pratyakṣhaphal prāpt hōnē kā anubhav bahut sahaj hōtā hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . service in x reached be[inf.m.pl.,o.] of experience very easy be[pres.sg.m.23] .
528You are the souls with an elevated fortune, and with your elevated fortune you will constantly continue to awaken the fortune of many others. 529It is good; you do tireless service. 530BapDada has everyone's record.
414अभी अभी सेवा की और अभी अभी स्थिति में आगे बढ़ते रहे . abhī abhī sēvā kī|key aur abhī abhī sthiti mē̃ āgē baṛhtē rahē . ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key aur ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . now now service (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) and now now stage in previously grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
531Do not think: We do not ever go to BapDada. 532We do not ever go there; He does not know anything.
415अगर निःस्वार्थ सेवा की तो सेवा का फल मिलता है . agar niḥsvārth sēvā kī|key tō sēvā kā phal miltā hai . agar niḥsvārth[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . if altruistic service (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) then service of fruit receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
533You do not think in this way, do you? 534Those who are incognito are constantly in Baba's eyes.
416स्वार्थ का फल नहीं मिलता है . svārtha kā phal nahī̃ miltā hai . svārtha[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . x of fruit not receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
535You cannot remain incognito, you are revealed to the Father.
417लेकिन आप सभी सेवाधारी हो . lēkin āp sabhī sēvādhārī hō . lēkin āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . but you all server (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
536Whether your name is mentioned or not, whether you come in front of Baba or not, instead of being in front, you are merged in His eyes. 537Do you understand? 538To the special souls in all four directions who have the spiritual personality of purity; to the elevated souls who reveal the sparkle of their personality from the beginning till the end; to the worldtransformer souls who transform themselves and the world through the powers of purity, cleanliness and honesty; to the experienced souls who experience the practical instant fruit of doing service as an instrument, BapDada's love, remembrances and namaste. 539Avyakt BapDada speaking to Dadis: Was the mela all right?
418इसलिये सेवा का फल अवश्य मिलता है . isliyē sēvā kā phal avaśhya miltā hai . isliē sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] avaśhya milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . therefore service of fruit x receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
540There weren't any difficulties, were there?
419भविष्य तो कुछ नहीं है , अभी का प्रत्यक्षफल आत्मा को उड़ती कला का बल देता है . bhaviṣhya tō kuchh nahī̃ hai , abhī kā pratyakṣhaphal ātmā kō uṛtī kalā kā bal dētā hai . bhaviṣhya[adj.] tō kuchh nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . future then anything not be[pres.sg.23] , now of x soul to fly[pres-part.f.] degree of strength give[pres.sg.m.23] .
541There definitely is success with everyone's pure thoughts and zeal and enthusiasm. 542The thoughts of this gathering are such that they finish any lack of success.
420इसलिये बापदादा निमित्त सेवाधारियों को देख खुश होते हैं . isliyē bāpdādā nimitt sēvādhāriyō̃ kō dēkh khuśh hōtē haĩ . isliē bāpdādā nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvādhārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . therefore BapDada instrument server to see[root] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
543A fort is weak when any one brick in the fort is shaking, whereas when all the bricks are strong, the fort can never shake.
421तो श्रेष्ठ भाग्यवान आत्मायें हैं और सदा अपने श्रेष्ठ भाग्य द्वारा अनेकों के भाग्य को जगाते रहेंगे . tō śhrēṣhṭh bhāgyavān ātmāyē̃ haĩ aur sadā apnē śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya dvārā anēkō̃ kē|K bhāgya kō jagātē rahē̃gē . tō śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgyavān[x] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā anēk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jagānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . then elevated fortunate soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] and constantly one’s own elevated x through many (of|K) x to awaken[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
544You have victory then. 545So here, too, you have guaranteed success because of the gathering, because of your zeal and enthusiasm, your elevated thoughts and cooperation.
422अच्छे हैं , अथक सेवा करते हैं . achchhē haĩ , athak sēvā kartē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , athak[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , x service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
546It was very good and from time to time, you continue to experience this.
423बापदादा के पास सबका रिकॉर्ड है . bāpdādā kē pās sabkā record hai . bāpdādā kē pās[x] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] record hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada to everyone's record be[pres.sg.23] .
547Previously, you used to have the question as to whether it would be possible or not.
424ऐसे नहीं , बापदादा के पास तो हम जाते ही नहीं , आते ही नहीं , पता ही नहीं … ये तो नहीं सोचते . aisē nahī̃ , bāpdādā kē pās tō ham jātē hī nahī̃ , ātē hī nahī̃ , patā hī nahī̃ … yē tō nahī̃ sōchtē . aisē nahī̃[x] , bāpdādā kē pās[x] tō ham[pn.pl.] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] , ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] , patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] … yah[pn.pl.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . it isn't that , BapDada to then we go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only not , come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only not , knowledge only not … this then not think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
548The power of the gathering definitely gives you the blessing of being the embodiments of success. 549BapDada always says good morning and good night.
425जो गुप्त हैं वो सदा नयनों में हैं . jō gupta haĩ vō sadā nayanō̃ mē̃ haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] gupt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] sadā nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . that incognito be[pres.pl.12hon3] that constantly eye in be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
550Achcha, the double foreign lands are flying, are they not?
426गुप्त नहीं रह सकते हो , बाप के आगे प्रत्यक्ष हो . gupta nahī̃ rah saktē hō , bāp kē āgē pratyakṣha hō . gupt[adj.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē āgē[x] pratyakṣh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . incognito not remain[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , father in front of visible (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
551It is good. 552(Speaking to Dadi Chandramani): Now let there be zeal and enthusiasm in Gyan Sarovar.
427चाहे नाम हो , नहीं हो , सामने आओ , नहीं आओ , लेकिन सामने के बजाय नयनो में समाये हो . chāhē nām hō , nahī̃ hō , sāmnē āō , nahī̃ āō , lēkin sāmnē kē|K bajāy nayanō mē̃ samāyē hō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , sāmnē ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , lēkin sāmnē kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bajāē x mē̃[postp.] samānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) name (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , not come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , but x (of|K) x x in merge[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
553Do not let it become weak. 554It has become a little slack. 555Now have some courage and create some plans. 556Do not think: What should we do?
428समझा ? samjhā ? samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] ? (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) ?
557How should we do it? 558No.
429चारों ओर के सर्व रूहानी प्योरिटी की पर्सनालिटी वाले विशेष आत्माओं को , सदा आदि से अन्त तक पर्सनालिटी की झलक दिखाने वाली श्रेष्ठ आत्मायें , सदा पवित्रता , स्वच्छता , सत्यता के शक्ति से स्व को और विश्व को परिवर्तन करने वाले विश्व परिवर्तक आत्मायें , सदा निमित्त भाव से सेवाधारी बन प्रत्यक्षफल अनुभव करने वाले अनुभवी आत्माओं को बापदादा का याद प्यार और नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr kē|K sarv rūhānī purity kī|key personality vālē viśhēṣh ātmāō̃ kō , sadā ādi sē ant tak personality kī|key jhalak dikhānē vālī śhrēṣhṭh ātmāyē̃ , sadā pavitratā , svachchhatā , satyatā kē|K śhakti sē sva kō aur viśhva kō parivartan karnē vālē viśhva parivartak ātmāyē̃ , sadā nimitt bhāv sē sēvādhārī ban pratyakṣhaphal anubhav karnē vālē anubhavī ātmāō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yād pyār aur namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sarv[adj.] rūhānī[adj.] purity kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key personality vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā ādi[adj.] sē[postp.] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak personality kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key jhalak[n.f.;sg.]|jhalaknā[root] dikhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sadā pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] , svachchhatā[n.f.;sg.] , satyatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] sva kō[postp.] aur viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhva parivartak[x] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sadā nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhavī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . everywhere (of|K) all spiritual purity (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) personality those who special soul to , constantly etc. from end until personality (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (x|sparkle[root]) x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who elevated soul , constantly purity , cleanliness , truth (of|K) Shakti from x to and world to transformation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who world transformer soul , constantly instrument consciousness from server (become[root]|x) x experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who experienced soul to BapDada of remembrance love and x .
559Look at this one (Dadi Kumarka). 560She is the instrument and so she has many thoughts. 561Did you create any thoughts? 562Now create thoughts for it.
430दादियों से - अच्छा रहा मेला ? dādiyō̃ sē - achchhā rahā mēlā ? dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] - achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] mēlā[x] ? Dadi from - achcha (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) fair ?
563Once you create them, you will continue to have them.
431कोई तकलीफ तो नहीं हुई ना ? kōī taklīph tō nahī̃ huī nā ? kōī[pn.;d.] taklīph[n.f.;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.f.] nā ? some difficulty then not be[past-part.f.] ∅ ? 432सबके शुभ संकल्प और उमंग उत्साह के संकल्प से सफलता है ही है . sabkē śhubh saṅkalp aur umaṅg utsāh kē|K saṅkalp sē saphaltā hai hī hai . sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhubh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . everyone's pure and positive thought and zeal enthusiasm (of|K) thought from success be[pres.sg.23] only be[pres.sg.23] .
564To receive the seat for service numberwise, according to the drama, is also revealing the future. 565Do not become a little king; you have to become a great king.
433यह संगठन का संकल्प ऐसे होता है जो असफलता को मिटा देता है . yah saṅgaṭhan kā saṅkalp aisē hōtā hai jō asaphaltā kō miṭā dētā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] jō[pn.;d.] asaphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] miṭnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|miṭānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . this gathering of thought such be[pres.sg.m.23] that x to (be rubbed off[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|x[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) .
566Here, you receive the seat for service and there, you will receive the seat of the kingdom.
434जैसे किला होता है ना तो किला कमज़ोर तब होता है जब एक भी ईट हिलती है . jaisē kilā hōtā hai nā tō kilā kamzōr tab hōtā hai jab ēk bhī īṭ hiltī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kilā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā tō kilā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kamjōr[adj.] tab hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] jab ēk[adj.] bhī[p.] īṇṭ[n.f.;sg.] hilnā[pres.sg.f.23] . like fortress be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ then fortress weak for only then be[pres.sg.m.23] when one too brick x[pres.sg.f.23] .
567Look after your seat very well. 568The vision of the entire Brahmin family is here. 569What is happening?
435और सब ईटे मजबूत हैं तो किला कभी हिल नहीं सकता . aur sab īṭē majbūt haĩ tō kilā kabhī hil nahī̃ saktā . aur sab[adj.] īṇṭ[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] majbūt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō kilā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kabhī[adv.] hilnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . and all brick x be[pres.pl.12hon3] then fortress ever x[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
570What is happening? 571What will happen? 572It is good. 573The gathering is good.
436विजय है . vijay hai . vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . victory be[pres.sg.23] .
574BapDada is happy.
437तो ये भी संगठन से उमंग उत्साह और श्रेष्ठ संकल्प से , सहयोग से सफलता हुई पड़ी है . tō yē bhī saṅgaṭhan sē umaṅg utsāh aur śhrēṣhṭh saṅkalp sē , sahyōg sē saphaltā huī paṛī hai . tō yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] saṅgaṭhan[x] sē[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+paṛnā] . then this too gathering from zeal enthusiasm and elevated thought from , cooperation from success be[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+paṛnā] .
575Baba is happy to see you all of you. 576Achcha. 577You are listening as a detachedobserver. 578You are a companion also, but, at present, you area detached observer.
438अच्छा लगा और समय प्रति समय और अनुभव करते जाते हैं . achchhā lagā aur samay prati samay aur anubhav kartē jātē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . achcha (x|attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) and time for time and experience do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] .
579To Bhopalbhai:Achcha, this one has the greatest happiness of all. 580This much has happened.
439पहले क्वेश्चन उठता था होगा ? pahlē question uṭhtā thā hōgā ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] question uṭhnā[hab-past.m.sg.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? (x|firstly) question wake up[hab-past.m.sg.] be[fut.m.sg.23] ?
581All this was very useful. 582The land was very useful. 583Achcha.
440लेकिन जो सोचो उसमें सफलता है ही . lēkin jō sōchō usmē̃ saphaltā hai hī . lēkin jō[pn.;d.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . but that think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.mē̃] success be[pres.sg.23] only .
584To Nirwairbhai:It is good. 585All tasks are being accomplished easily.
441तो सफलता मूर्त का वरदान संगठन की शक्ति को मिलता है . tō saphaltā mūrt kā vardān saṅgaṭhan kī|key śhakti kō miltā hai . tō saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then success image of blessing gathering (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) Shakti to receive[pres.sg.m.23] . 442बापदादा सदागुडमॉर्निंग , गुडनाइट करते हैं . bāpdādā sadāguḍamôrniṅg , good night kartē haĩ . bāpdādā x , good night karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada x , x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
586The easier and lighter the instrument souls become, the easier the task becomes and success is achieved easily also. 587It is now the season to easily attain success.
443अच्छा डबल विदेश उड़ रहा है ना . achchhā double vidēśh uṛ rahā hai nā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] double vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṛnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nā . achcha double abroad fly[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ∅ .
588You make effort just in namesake and you receive greater success.
444अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
589* * * O MS H A N T I * * *